Circuses - Brief Bits

F

Fanning's Pacific - 1891

    Performers and musicians wanted for T. Fanning's Pacific R. R. Shows, Circus and Menagerie, performers in all branches with novel and sensational acts; sideshow and concert people. Musicians that double in string. Boss canvasman. Boss hostler and workmen of all kinds. Man with balloon and parachute. Candy stands for sale. T. F. Fanning, Travelers' Hotel, Jacksonville, Fla. Also want advance people, a contracting agent, man to take charge of car, one for paper, and ten(?) billposters. Agents and billposters, address T. B.(?) Long, general agent, Walnut Street House(?), Cincinnati, O. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 815.
    Birmingham, Alabama. King & Franklin's Circus, 20, 21. T. F. Fanning's, 23(?). New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 118.
    On the road, circuses: Fanning's Terre Haute, Ind. May 14, 15. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 171.
    St. Louis, Missouri. T. B.(?) Long, advance agent for T. F. Fanning's Pacific Railroad Show has been here all week . . . All the arrangements are perfected for Forepaugh's Shows this week. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 183.
    St. Louis, Missouri. T. F. Fanning's Pacific Railroad Shows did a good business last week. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 215.
    Roster of the T. F. Fanning Pacific R. R. Shows: T. F. Fanning, proprietor; Theo. Long, general agent . . . The show carries six cars and two sleepers . . . eight cages and 40(?) head of horses. Col. Humphrey, with a band of ten mouthpieces, and Prof. Howard's Continental Band. Robert Hodge is equestrian director, with Hasamboura(?) Sam . . . Ida Showers, Mrs. R. Taylor, Mrs. R. Hodge, Little Johnny . . . Master Cavanaugh, Henry J. Fowler . . . and Nat Comstock; Bob Taylor, boss canvasman, with twenty-five assistants; Frank King, boss hostler, and six assistants. . . . New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.
    St. Louis, Missouri. T. F. Fanning's Pacific Railroad Show has been doing a fair business in the Western part of the city. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 284.
    Fanning's Trained Animal Show is reported to have played in hard luck since its start from Jacksonville, Fla., several months ago. Salary day came with great infrequency, while fly by night moves to escape greedy constables were of frequent occurrence. Matters came to a crisis June 25(26?), at St. Louis, Mo., when several of the performers visited Judge Hart's court, and filed attachments against the show for back salaary. Constables Hyde and Bejorne(Rejorne?) placed a detail of watchmen to guard the property, and let the show continue. On 27, Mr. Fanning went to Judge Hart's court and deposited $___. This resulted in the withdrawl of the watchmen. Then he attempted to spirit away all the property under attachment. He had succeeded in getting four carloads of stuff down on the railroad tracks as far as Salisbury Street, when Constable Hyde, who had gotten wind of his movements, swooped down on him. On 28, some person who had an unsatisfied claim against the show succeeded in getting eleven trained horses, which he carried over to East St. Louis. These have not yet been recovered. When the collapse appeared inevitable, J. B. Long, the agent of the company, filed attachments amounting to $350(?). His example was followed by other members of the company, and, as a result, $1,400 worth of attachments were registered. Constable Hyde now has a large sized circus on his hands. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 296.
    1891: St. Louis, Missouri. T. F. Fanning's Railroad Shows will be sold by auction . . . New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 329.
    T. F. Fanning's Circus and Menagerie were sold by the constable at St. Louis 23(?). E.(F.?) R. Campbell, on behalf of Lemen Bros., purchased part of the outfit . . . Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Love and their ten year old daughter, Nina(?) Love, left 25(?) for a two week's trip through Southwest Missouri. They give musical sketches, and play on twelve different instruments. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fergaurason's Two Ringed Circus, Wild West and Roman Hippodrome - 1894

    Roster and notes of Fergaurason's Supendous Two Ringed Circus, Wild West and Roman Hippodrome. Judge Fergaurason, sole proprietor; ??? Carboisle(?), manager, and five assistants. The advance brigade will be under the personal director of the Evans Bros., with twenty bill posters. There will be on hundred and twenty head of stock and one hundred persons in Mr. Fergaurason's employ. A principal feature will be a twelve round top with a two and a half side wall, under which the somersault riding dog, Tiny, will give a riding exhibition. Tiny is the smallest dog that ever turned a somersault riding a large Newfoundland. There will also be a complete miniature circus performance under the miniature top. The management expects to produce an entirely new exhibition, which will be heard of in the future. The show opens in Buffalo, and will tour New York and Canada. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 71. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ferleman Bros. - 1896

Advertisement: Ferleman Bros.' Show, wants performers. Address Ferleman Bros., Shelbyville, Ind. New York Clipper, March 28, 1896, p. 59.

Note: One or more of the Ferleman brothers may have been with Barnum & Bailey and other circuses. Also see Ashton & Ferleman.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

E. K. Fernandez Circus - 1940-41

    Located in Honolulu. In 1940 did a good business at Mani, Honolulu and Hilo, but then began playing small communities around Honolulu and did poorly. Returned to Honolulu during the holidays, was a flop. By January 3rd most of the acts returned to the mainland. Show went to Kauai on January 6th with smaller canvas, one ring, one stage, girl show, side show and concessions. "Fan Notes," White Tops, Vol. 14, Nos. 4-5 (Feb-Mar), 1941, p. 8. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ferron's North American Circus and Trained Animal Exhibit - 1896

    C. H. Ferron's North American Circus and Trained Animal Exhibit, with Col. Jess Foster as representative, is nearly completed and will sail about Feb. 5 for South America. Mr. Ferron, the owner of the show, states that he will take eighteen horses and ponies for the various acts, Robert Stickney having been employed several months in their training. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fisher & Aiken - 1890

    Wanted, for Fisher & Aiken's New Monster R. R. Shows, circus wild west, hippodrome, side show and concert people, and performers in all branches. Band, trained horses, ponies, dogs. . . . Address Fisher & Aiken, Madisonville, Hamilton Co., Ohio. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 815.
    Ohio, Cincinnati. Fisher & Aiken's Show. The work of organization is all under way. The new circus will be billed as "Fisher & Aiken's New Monster Shows, Trained Animals, Wild West and Hippodrome." George T. Fisher was with the John Robinson Show twenty seven years, and George W. Aiken counts twenty-two years of service with the same people. There has been no misunderstanding between them and their old employers. They have gone into winter quarters at the Madisonville Rink(?). A 100ft. round top and two 50ft.(?) middle pieces will be carried. Every vehicle used will be a tableau wagon. There will be a score of horses among the stock. Walter Fisher, a son of George T., is to be the general agent of the show. the specialty people already signed include Marx(?) (wrestler), George and Nellie Coupe(?) . . . Mons. . . . The first stand will be made at Madisonville, O., about May 1. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 821.
    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's Monster Show. This show will travel by railroad, using twelve cars, fifty-two head of horses, two brass bands and a drum and fife corps. We will have a 120ft. round top, with three 50ft.(?) middle pieces. The management will own and control its own sideshow, concert and reserve seats, candy stands, etc. The race stock is now being broken at Madisonville, O. in the hippodrome will be introduced some features never before used by any combination. The Wild West attraction has been engaged, and it will be strong. Among the people engaged are: Geo. and Nillie Coupe, the three Hill Bros., Dening Bros., Coster Melvin, Trover and McDonald, Anzo, Delvelde and Zolo, Taylor, Marx (the wrestler), McQuinn . . . Zerarde and Zongo (Japs), Maj. Littlefinger(?), J. W. Kerepps and wife, two Vans, Murry and Cain. The show will be managed by Geo. T. Fisher, the advance by Geo. W. Aiken. Everything will be brand new. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 5.
    News from the Fisher & Aiken's Shows. C. W. O'Dell will have charge of the hippodrome, and has already commenced to break a twenty-six horse team for the hippodrome track . . . Jockeys Charles Gray and ___ have signed. . . . A handsome fourteen foot band wagon has arrived. O'Dell and Quinlan are busy working on a novelty for the races. Squire, McCary and Jones, leapers and tumblers, have signed. The Roman chariots are well on the way, and a fine new ticket wagon is now in the paint shop. Colorado Frank and wife (Pearl(?) of Nebraska), champion shots and all 'round Wild West people, will be here April __, with six(?) bronchos. . . . New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 46.
    Musicians want for circus. . . . Address Geo. ?. Coupe. Leader(?) Fisher & Aiken's Wonder(?) Show. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 47.
    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's New Shows. Ten head of racing horses have been added in the last week, making a total of racing stock nineteen head. Our train arrived April 8(?). Every car is new and equipped with automatic air and Jenny couplers. The advertising car is a beauty, finished inside in black walnut, with an upright piano in the office. Every sheet of paper, including programmes, window and wall work, is lithographed. C. W. Odell has his big team(?) for the hippodrome track working splendidly. One of our features will be a three tandem hurdle. the new Roman chariots are beauties. Every working man with the show will be uniformed - canvas men in one kind, grooms in another, property men in another. Every centre pole, quarter pole and side pole will have a ___, and every quarter will have a banner on it. Roman standing races, hurdle, flat races and ostrich races will be given; in fact, our feature will be our hippodrome. This will be the only twenty-five cent show giving a full and complete hippodrome. The parade will be unique and strong, and very horse purchased is of the best. The show opens at Madisonville, May 1, but begins rehearsals April 24(?). New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.
    Call. Fisher & Aiken's New Monster R. R. Shows. All performers, sideshow and concert people will report at Madisonville, Hamiton Co., Ohio, on Thursday, April 24(?). Wanted troupe of performing ponies or horses. Would like to hear from Tom Samuels. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 92.
    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's Show. Many people from the surrounding districts of Madisonville, Ind., and several experienced showmen flocked April 2(?) to see the new train of twelve cars, which arrived early that morninng, and the verdict was that they were the ___ cars ever seen before with a circus. Every car is new, and the Pullman sleeper is a beauty. The dining car is fitted inside with black walnut. The tables are ___ with polished mahogany top, and the lounges and charis are upholstered with plush. Fisher & Aiken are determined to have their people comfortable. Advertising car No. 2(?) is handsomer than No. 1. Wally Fisher was presented with a handsome piano by the ___ of Maidsonville. Car No. 1 left for Lebanon. Our calliope will arrive at Walnut(?) Hills May _. . . . There will be two races by bronchos, and a four horse broncho race, the riders being O'Dell and Quinlan. The four-horse ladies standing and the Roman standing races will be done by Nellie Coupe(?) and ___. The latter will also do the four horse chariot race. Mr. O'Dell deserves great credit for the manner in which he has broken these horses in so short a time. W. E. McCoy and ___ will do the flying trapeze. The band will commence rehearsal under the leadership of Geo. R. Coupe, cornet soloist. Coupe, the spriter, will also run against a thoroughbred once around the track. George ___, John Lewis, Bob McGregor, W. E. McCoy and ___ arrived 19(?) . . . New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.
    George T. Fisher and George W. Aiken, for a quarter of a century the able lieutenants of "Uncle" John Robinson, opened their season under favorable auspices, at Madisonville, O., May 1. Our Cincinnati correspondent says: This is the roster of the new show: George T. Fisher, general manager; George W. Aiken, advance agent; Walter Fisher(?), general agent, in charge of advertising car, with ten men; George A. ___, treasurer and press representative; C. W. Odell, hippodrome manager . . . John Lewis, sideshow manager; George Coupe,leader of band and concert manager . . . Robert McCormack, boss canvasman; Jas. Wilson, boss hostler; Jas. McGuire, director of show train. All privileges are owned by the proprietors of the show. . . . The train consists of four flat cars, four stock cars, one dining coach, one advertising car and one Pullman sleeper. There are ___ head of stock, twenty of which are bronchos and thoroughbred race horses. Two separate and distinct acts will be on at all times. The features are sixteen hippodrome races, including Roman standing races, flat races, donkey races, pony express and stage coach robbery, barrel and obstacle, and chariot races, ending with C. W. Odell riding and driving twenty-two horses. The features are . . . McCoy and Develde, flying bars; Denny(Penny?) Bros. . . . the three Hill Brothers, Roman ladders . . . Develde and Zola, double trapeze, flying rings and trapeze; Profs. Marks and Schmidt . . . Chas. Watson, pyramid of tables . . . Watson and Devine, high wire bicycle and ceiling walkers; and Prof. Ed. Long's troupe of trained dogs, goats and monkeys. In the concert are the Coupes, George and Nellie . . . Murray and Kane; Blanche Flaber(?) and Nellie Coupe menage riders and rolling globes; and George Sanders. In the sideshow are Wm. Krebbs, Mme. Phillips (bearded lady), Major Littlefinger and wife (midgets) . . . Prof. Scott (fire king); Prof. Mack (Punch and Judy) . . . New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 139.
    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's Circus. . . . The show has been on the road now ___ days, and, though it rained nearly every day and mud was knee deep on the lot . . . Charley Murray, of Murray and Kane, is playing clown, and he is a splendid one, too. . . . Murray's partner, Kane, is ill with pneumonia, and left the show at Hillsboro. George Aiken spends most of his time ahead of the show, making railroad contracts, as he once did for John Robinson. Prof. Geo. Wood and his troupe of twenty performing Shetland ponies will arrive May __. . . . Fisher & Aiken secured something of a prize in Geo. ___. He is treasurer, press agent, master of transportation and anything else that may be needed. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.
    Columbus, Ohio. . . . Fisher & Aiken's Circus was there 16, 17. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 166.
    Few circuses that have spread canvas here have kept faith with the public as did Fisher and Aiken whose show exhibited in Athens on Saturday. The rain and threatening weather prevented many persons from attending but the afternoon and evening performances were well patronized everything considered. The circus is good - in fact far above the average of shows that charge double the price of admission. The features were many and strong. There is a grand dazzling entree, a dozen star leapers, 4 wire acts, 2 juggling acts, the Marx Bros., strong men, who break stones with their fists and bend iron bars over each others arms, Develde and McCoy in a daring flying bar brother act, the 3 Hill brothers leapers and Roman ladder tumblers and last but not least the great Airzo, a contortionist whose equal it would be difficult to produce. His feat of bending backward from two tables and picking up a handkerchief from the ground is a wonderful piece of work. The Hippodrome races consisting of sack, barrel, obstacle, man against horse, hurdle, flat and chariot races were very exciting and are well worth witnessing. The horses are fine blooded animals and are a feature in themselves. Fisher and Aiken ought to do well with their new circus. Athens Messenger (Athens, OH), Thursday, May 15, 1890, p. 1.
    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's Show. Business so far has been very good. At several Ohio towns the ticket wagon had to be closed just after the opening of the doors. Managers Fisher and Aiken are more than pleased with the prospects for their new show. New side show banners arrived from Cincinnati last week. Charley Murray(?) is one of the hits of the show in his very clever clown act. The Marx Brothers in feats of heavy lifting and Roman statuary are pleasing the people. They also do a clever sparring turn in the concert. Fisher and Aiken purchased seven new wagons at Columbus. They are canvas, pole, stringer and plank wagons, and were built for the Riddle & Atcherson Show, which never took the road. George Fisher has almsot entirely recovered from the effects of the injury to his head. His skull, above the forehead, was fractured and several splinters of bone were extracted, but the wound has healed, and he is as good as ever. Dick and Ida Rai?er are doing a clever character sketch in the concert. The show exhibited at Mount Vernon on Decoration Day, and every seat in the big top was filled. It is expected that the show will leave Ohio within the next week. Boss hostler Charley Odell is doing some good work in the way of training a troupe of colts. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 197.
    Notes from Fisher & Aiken's Show. This is our eighth week on the road, and business is growing better every day. All the Ohio stands turned out better than we expected, and we are now in Indiana. H. F.(?) Hecker joined at Cleveland. He brought with him ten illusions, which the management put in a canvas in front of the hippodrome tent. In this tent will be the Indians in their tepee tents, with appropriate surroundings, the cowboys, glass blowers and two Japanese women doing Japanese needle work. Thorn(?), juggler, Apache Frank and Montana Jim's Troupe of cowboays and Indians, with their bronchos, also joined at Cleveland, which now gives us a full Wild West. Montana Jim was injured while riding a bucking broncho several days ago. The show now gives three acts at a time, sixteen hippodrome acts and ten Wild West performances. Peter Lyons is assistant manager now. George Cohen, formerly of The Cincinnati Enquirer, is press agent and ticket seller. Manager Geo. Fisher has almost recovered from the injury he received last Fall, and is getting the rest that he needed. Everyone said we could not give a hippodrome in a canvas the size of ours, but it goes in every day just the same. Mr. Aiken spends most of his time with the show now. He and Mr. Fisher will go to Chicago to look after things, as the show goes there. . . . "Frenchy" Haley is boss canvasman. Charley O'Dell has shown his ability as a trainer with two horses named "Alice" and "___." The horses were green when he got them, but after a month's work he has made treasures of them. He is also doing a fine twenty horse act. The show makes nine stands in Indiana, and then goes to Chicago. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.
    Following is the roster of the advance of Fisher & Aiken's Railroad Shows: George W. Aiken, railroad contractor; Walter Fisher, general agent in charge of car No. 1, with the following men: Cap Taylor, boss billposter; E. O. Redman, lithographer . . . Henry Caylor, Sam Sherler, billposters; Charles Riley, cook; James Parker, porter. The second brigade is in charge of Wm. Sherman, with Chas. Roland, Harry Preston . . . billposters. Everything is lively ahead. E. J. Baker(?) has charge of the advertising programe, and is with car No. 1. Business with him is big, and he now sports a four carat "spark" in his shirt button. We are now up in the Northwest, and are going farther West. Prospects for big business are good. The upright piano presented to Walter Fisher by his friends at home is a beauty, and is attracting much attention on the road. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 275.
    . . . Fisher & Aiken have effected a satisfactory deal with the Chicago and Northwestern Railway for sixty runs. . . . New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.
    The Fisher & Aiken Circus stranded at Baraboo, Wis., July 31. Nearly all the people were left in very straitened circumstances, and it is even told that cruel treatment and the privations were experienced by several members of the troupe, while the management lived in comparative luxury. The troupe was organized at Cincinnati in May, and the proprietors were formerly members of the Robinson Show. George R. Edgeley secured a third interest in the circus after it had been on the road a few weeks, but he soon found it necessary to attach the show for money advanced. This seemed to be the beginning of the end, for, what with bad business and a series of attachments for salaries, hotel bills and other debts, the show soon reached such a condition that for three days the troupe traveled without horses. All kinds of promises were made, only to be broken day after day. Several times it was only with the greatest difficulty that trouble with the unpaid canvasmen was averted. On Thursday night, July 31, the latter refused to take down the canvas . . . salaries were forthcoming. Manager Fisher failed to produce any money. Early next morning George H.(?) Coupe, leader of the band; George A. ___, press agent; Anzo(?), contortionist; Dick and Ida Rainer(?) and others levied on the show for their wages. The trouble was adjusted for a few days, however, and manager Fisher, with ___ performers - Albert De Velde and wife, William Link and wife, William McC?? and Prof. Long(?) and his dogs - made their way to La Crosse, where the latter went their separate ways as best they could. The performers who remained at Baraboo gave an entertainment in the G. A. R. Hall the first of last week, in order to raise sufficient funds to transport them to Chicago. John and George Pfeiffer, George Sanders . . . Thomas Flynn and Dick and Ida Rainer were among the principal people placed in a truly pitiable condition. With death and sicness in their families, they were repeatedly refused money, it is said, with which to buy medicine and food, and attend the death beds of dear ones. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 355.
    The baby girl of Dick and Ida Rainer died recently at Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 355.
    Ringling Bros.: The Coupes Family, concert people, and Anzo, contortionist, from the Fisher & Aiken Show, recently joined . . . New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.
    The Fisher & Aiken Show are still moving, notwithstanding the report to the contrary. They take the side wheel steamer White Beaver Iron Rock Island, Ill. Everybody is well and happy. The performers include Wm. Batcheler(Batchelor?) . . . Wm. Link and wife, Prof. Ed. Long's educated dogs, Mons. Z??a and wife, U.(?) W. Odell and others. Geo Aiken is not connected with the show, Mr. Fisher having the full management. New York Clipper, August 30, 1890, p. 387.
    Fisher & Aiken’s New Monster Railroad Show was billed for Madison, Wisconsin, July 29, 1890, but the show got into financial difficulty, and did not show up. Barnum & Bailey showed there on August 30, 1890. “Circus Days in Madison, Wisconsin,” Sverre O. Braathen, White Tops, Vol. 21, Nos. 9-10 (Sep-Oct), 1948, p. 8.
    James Carlton, of Fisher's Circus, was drowned while bathing(?) at ___, July __. New York Clipper, September 6, 1890, p. 411.
    Burlington, Iowa. The Fisher & Aiken Hippodrome Circus succumbed to the inevitable 4(?). The collapse was superinduced by the sudden departure of Mr. Fisher, who went away with the horses, leaving the company in a bad shape, as no salaries had been paid for weeks. A benefit was given, enabling most of the people to get out of town. Mr. Batchelor has possession of the remains. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 419.
    George W. Aiken, of the lately disbanded Fisher & Aiken Shows, is now occupying a responsible position with the Sells & Barrett advance department. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 503.

    1892: $___ buys all of the following show property, the biggest bargain ever offered in the show business. . . . young horses . . . 1 new harness, 1 light double harness, . . . and beautiful young donkeys, 1 spotted Shetland pony mare, 3 yrs old . . . set of elegant band uniforms, helmets, coats, pants, and music and drum major suit, nearly new . . . 1 ticket wagon, 1 pole wagon, 1 seat and plank wagon. These wagons are for R. R. Show and nearly new, formerly the property of Fisher & Aiken. Write Max Zimmerman, Topeka, Kansas. Above property will all be delivered at Davenport, Iowa. Might trade for circus top and seats. New York Clipper, January 2, 1892, p. 722.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fladeland's Great British - 1891-1893, 1895

    1891: Wanted, at once, for E. G. Fladeland's Grand Winter Carnival, Spectacular Pantomime and London Town Band, performers in all branches, also 20 good musicians. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 480.
    One of the features of E. G. Flandeland's Great British Shows next season will be a large octupus or devil fish from the Pacific Coast. New York Clipper, December 26, 1891, p. 699.

    1892: A lot of animals have arrived at the Winter quarters of E. G. Fladeland's British Circus at St. Paul. Harry Whynacht(?), the old time circus scene painter, has the cages nearly all decorated. New Wagons are being turned out every week. Ed. Peris has signed as equestrian director. The La Mont Family, the California aerialists, have also signed. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 9(?).
    1892: Geo. W. Barlow and Jennie Cook have signed with Fladeland's Great British Shows. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 3.
    1892: C. F. Fladeland's British Shows. A?ak, the contortionist, has signed with C. F. Fladeland's British Shows. New York Clipper, April 2,1892, p. 50.
    1892: Call. People booked for E. G. Fladeland's Great British Circus report for rehearsal at the show grounds, corner Western and Martin Streets, St. Paul, Minn., Saturday morning, April 30(?). Show opens at St. Paul May 2(?) for two weeks. Wanted a few more performers in all branches. Would like to hear from a Jap Troupe, also fife and drum corps. Address ___ University Avenue, St. Paul, Minn. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 112.
    1892: On the road, circuses: E. G. Fladeland's, Minneapolis, MN, indefinite. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.
    1892: On the road, circuses: E. G. Fladeland's, Minneapolis, Minn June 6, indefinite. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.
    1892: E. G. Fladeland's Great British Circus. We have not turned people away so far this season, but we have played to winning business ever since the opening at St. Paul, May ?. We have now left the cities, and are playing one day stands through Northern Minnesota. We are showing a town at this writing (Prin?ton, Minn.) that has never had a circus. The people were out on the country roads looking for the elephant six hours before the show was due. We run a first class wagon show, and carry seventy-five head of stock. The main canvas seats 3,000(?) people, and we have a 70ft. menagerie. Kirk ?art runs the dime museum, and is doing well. Lenord(?) and Hart, two New York boys, are the principal clowns. The show carries 125(126?) people, and is one of the finest and neatest wagon shows on the road. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 261.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Fladeland's, Buffalo MN June 30, Armandale July 1, Kimball 2, New London 4, Belgrade 5, Glenwood 6, Harbuck 7, Elbow Lake 8, Oakes N.D. 9. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 265.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Fladeland's, Glenwood MN July 6, Har?ock 7, Elbow Lake 8, Oakes ND 9, James town 11, Carrington 12, Devil's Lake 1, Lakota 14, Larimore 15, Grand Forks 16, Fargo 18. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Fladeland's, Devil's Lake ND July 13, Lakota 14, Larimore 15, Grand Forks 16, Fargo 1?. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.
    1892: Wanted, all kinds of second hand sideshow stuff at once, for spot cash. Curios, freaks, etc. E. G. Fladeland, ___ University Ave., St. Paul, Minn. New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 400.
    1892: E. G. Fladeland's Fair Ground Co. closed their season at Hammond, Wis., Oct. 12. New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 527.

    1893: Everything around the E. G. Fladeland's Great British Circus will be new for the coming season. A number of new cages will be added. The show opened at White Bear Lake, Minn., Jan. 5. They carry fourteen people, including a brass band and orchestra. New York Clipper, January 21, 1893, p. 734.
    1893: E. G. Fladeland's Great British Circus opens at St. Paul, Minn., May 1?. They will carry one hundred people, and not sixteeen as was recently stated. E. S. Fladeland's Parlor Circus and Pantomime Co. opened at White Bear Lake, Minn., Jan. ?. New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 766.
    1893: J. M. Smith, an employe of E. G. Fladeland's Great British Circus, was [unreadable text] at the winter quarters of the show. The wound was painful, though not serious. Prof. Jerome Smith will furnish a band of twenty-five pieces with the show this season. A female clown will be one of the features. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.
    1893: Uniformly good business is reported by E. G. Fladeland for his new Australian Show since its opening, May 1. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    1895: Notes from E. G. Flandeland's Shows. We have been exhibiting in Canada for the past six weeks to big business. Mr. Fladeland and family have been visiting near Turtle Mountains, N.D. New York Clipper, August 3, 1895, p. 341.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Foley's - 1890

    List of circuses needing performers: J. G. Foley. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.
    Wanted for J. G. Foley's Big Ten Cent Circus, performers in all branches of circus business, except riders. People who can do two or more acts and double in concert or band. . . . Side show, candy stand and other legitimate privileges to let. . . . Show opens May 5(?), Columbus, O. Travel by rail, using three cars. Address J. G. Foley, Columbus, O., U. S. Hotel. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 95.
    Wanted, for J. G. Foley's Big Ten Cent Circus, performers in all branches of circus business, except riders. People who can do two or more acts and double in concert or band. Side show, candy stand and other legitimate privileges to let. Would like to hear from good, reliable agent; one who has had experience in ten cent circus. Also want a good band of six mouth pieces. Travel by rail. Address J. G. Foley, Columbus, O. U. S. Hotel. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 112.
    The following people have been engaged for John G. Foley's Ten Cent Circus: The Livingston Bros. . . . Farnum and Maynard; Nichols and Houston; John Misenger; Hill and Daly; Prof. Seigrist and troupe of fifty(?) performing dogs; Gus Gun; the Gannon Bros. and Prof. Anderson's Military band of fourteen pieces. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.
    [probably Gus Gun], equilibrist and juggler, has signed for the summer season with J. G. Foley's Railroad Show. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.
    Call. All people engaged for John G. Foley's Big Show report for rehearsal at Columbus, Ohio, May 8. Wanted, a few more first class people that can do two or more acts. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 128.
    The Gannon Bros., Jno. and James, joined J. G. Foley's Circus at Columbus, O., May ??, for the season. The team contemplate taking out an Irish comedy next season, to be called "M??bary's Reception at Muldon's Picnic." New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.
    Columbus, Ohio. J. G. Foley's Ten Cent Show which opened its season in this city 12(?). This is Mr. Foley's first attempt in the circus line, and if this week, which closed 17(?), is a criterion, success may be predicted for him. Fisher & Aiken's Circus was there 16, 17. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 166.
    The roster of J. G. Foley's Ten Cent Circus is as follows: J. G. Foley, sole proprietor; Frank E. Willis, manager; Gus Gun, treasurer; Nic(?) Grapewin(?), assistant treasurer; Jo. Hepp, advance representataive with two assistants . . . Chas. Green, boss chandelier man with two assistants; Frank Rodgers, boss property man with three assistants. Prof. D.(?) A. McDonald's band of twelve men, as follows: D.(?) A. McDonald, M. A. McAdams, ?. W. Davis, P. A. Nichols . . . R. Wilson, Geo. Barnes . . . Chas. Powell . . . C. A. Crawford. The following performers are with the show: Gus Gun, Floyd Trover, Nic Grapewin, Harry King, James Gannon, Frank Leray . . . Eddie Silbon . . . Charles Crawford, Arthur Mondo, Dick Turner, Geo. Parents, W. A. Myers, Fred Donaldson, Billy Bryan, Maud Leon, . . . Lizzie Evans . . . The show opened at Columbus, O., for one week May ??, and for three nights turned people away nightly. . . . They travel by rail, and make from three days to one week stands. J. G. Foley controls all the privileges. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.
    Roster of the J. G. Foley R. R. Show. J. G. Foley, proprietor and manager; Frank E. Willis, assistant manager; Gus Gun, treasurer; Nik Grapewin, assistant manager . . . Gannon Bros. . . . Nic Grapewin; Frank LeRay [poss. LeRoy]; Chas. Crawford; Arthur Mondo; Harry King; George Parento; Floyd Trover; Dick Turner; Mrs. Turner; J. P. Hickey; Lilly Adams . . . May Howe . . . D.(?) A. McDonald is the leader with these musicians: W. H. Davis; S. B. Davis; F. O'Hara . . . M. A. McAdams; Bert Niles, boss canvasman with twelve assistants. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.
    Bertie Atwood states that she is not with the Foley bros.' Show, as stated in their roster. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.
    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. Foley's Circus will inaugurate a short season on the South Side, commencing 16(?). New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 230.
    Gus Gun and Frank Leroy [poss. LeRay] have entered into co-partnership under the name of Gun and Ray(?). The team are now with J. G. Foley's Railroad Shows, and next season they will do a new juggling act, entitle "Japanese Fair." New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 230.
    J. G. Foley's Show is traveling through Pennsylvania and ___ with satisfactory results. Gus Gun has his hands always busy juggling the coin at the "wagon." Everybody is contented, even to "Happy Dick" Turner. Frank Leroy is making quite a hit with his newest act. ___ and King have secured a new top mounter. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.
    Sheriff's Sale. By virtue of a writ . . . issued ___ the Court of Common Pleas and to the Sheriff of Crawford County, Pa., directed, there will be exposed to public sale on Friday, the 11th day of July, 1890, at the corner Spring and Petroleum Streets, Titusville, Pa., at 1(?) o'clock p. m. the following described property, to wit: A ___ round top tent, two middle pieces, __ length seats, __ft. dressing tent, jacks and stringers, seat planks, 6(?) Gale light chandeliers and all attachments, 3(?) bale rings, seat carpets, tent poles, and all other prersonal property belonging to defendant, which was seized and taken in execution as the property of John G. Foley at the suit of D. A. McDonald and others, July 3(?), A. D. 1890, to be sold by S. C. McDowell. ___ Rouse, Deputy Sheriff. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 286.
    Gannon Bros., John and James, write from Cleveland, O., that they obtained an attachment against J. G. Foley's Show July ? for salaries due. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.
    Gus Gun, Frank Leroy, Nix Grapevine, Victoria Caste?an, Dick Turner, Eddie Silbon, Harry King and Floyd Trevor forward from Titusville, Pa., and letter, bearing their signatures, in which they complain that J. G. Foley, with whose ten cent circus they started out from Columbus, O., May 1?, left his performers and employes at that place last week, with four weeks' salaries and board bills unpaid. They also state that, under a promise from Mr. Foley that he would keep the show on the road, they were induced to sign an agreement whereby he obtained full ownership of the canvas, properties, etc. But, they add, immediately upon the conveyance of the fixtures(?), Mr. Foley informed them that he would not continue the tour, and "the people would have to shift for themselves." Several members of the company are said to be in very straitened circumstances. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 295.
    Gus Gun and Frank Gold (formerly Frank Leroy) are spending their vacation at Mr. Gun's home, Toledo, O. They will shortly introduce their novel juggling act, entitled "A Japanese Fair." New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 309.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Forde's - 1893

    Wanted, for F. J. Forde & Co.'s Circus, Museum, Menagerie, Wild West and Real Roman Hippodrome, Combined with the Great American Racing Association. People in all branches of the business, including aerial and return acts. Riders with their own stock, hippodrome people, lady riders and chariot drivers, also Wild West people and Indians and band of twelve people. Side show curiosities, railroad contractors, thirty billposters. Must join at once, as this will be a first class railroad show. Everybody must be ladies and gentlemen. Wire, F. J. Forde, Acme Hotel, Evansville, Ind., July 8, Union Depot Hotel, Vincennes, Ind., July 16(?). New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 294.

    Wanted, T. J. Forde's All New Shows. Circus people in all branches, band, to be featured; concert, hippodrome, Wild West, and Indians. Must join at once. Wire Middleton, Ohio July 2?, Dayton, O. 31 . . . T. J. Forde. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 339.

Note: Probably T. J. Forde.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Forepaugh-Sells - 1910

    Side Show Notes of Forepaugh-Sells Shows. H. L. Rawles, general manager of the Annex Band and Minstrels, states that the band and minstrels are making good this season with this show. J. L. Holmes is making a hit singing "That Mesmerizing Mendelsson Tune." Ben W. Lee is going big with "Summertime." W. T. Howard is a sure applause winner with "We All Are Here to See You On(?)." Logan Kitchen is getting plaudits with "Grizzly Bear Rag." The band is holding its own. Alex N. Parker is leader of orchestra; Thomas May, leader of band; Logan Kitchen, stage manager; H. L. Rawles, general manager. New York Clipper, July 23, 1910, p. 582. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Freed & Perrine's New United Show - 1906

    Notes from the Freed & Perrine Show. - A. W. Freed and Dave W. Perrine have joined hands, and are putting out a ten wagon show, to he known as Freed & Perrine's New United Show, and they will make a strong bid for business in the wagon show field. The acting mule, Maud, will be a feature. Mr. Freed's beautiful spotted Shetlands are working in conjunction with Perrine's high school horse and pony act. Our trained animal display will be second to none. New harness, trappings and wardrobe have been added. The show opens at Winter quarters, Eaton Rapids, Mich., early in May. New York Clipper, March 17, 1906, p. 114. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. M. French's Circus - 1870

      A Revolution in the Circus Business. - Of late years the hotel and stable bills of the showmen have run up to such enormous figures as to devour nearly all their receipts. In order to overcome this enfeebling drain, Mr. J. M. French, of New Orleans, who had to take a circus in self defense, and run it in order to get back money which he had loaned to the proprietors last season, hit upon the expedient of camping his men and horses on the ground on which they performed. This worked so well that Mr. French has gone into the business systematically, and will this season run his show independently of landlords and stable-keepers altogether.
      Mr. French has had a kitchen built eight feet wide, ten feet high and eighteen feet long, with all the modern improvements, which is mounted on wheels and in which cooking can be done for 100 men with economy and celerity. This kitchen will be a big show in itself, and the performances of the cook and his assistants will be apt to divide the interest of the country housewives with the performance under the canvas.
    Mr. French has also devised a portable canvas stable for his horses, thirty-five feet wide, eighty-five feet long, and fifteen feet high. Portable stalls, troughs and other stable gear have also been provided in abundance, and provender has been engaged at convenient points so that the horses of the concern may have all possible equine comforts. Defiance (OH) Democrat, April 16, 1870. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

French's - 1890-92

    1890: Frank B. Hubin closed with French’s Railroad Show at New Orleans, La., Jan. 3. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.
    1890: Complete Railroad Circus for sale. The following property will be sold at New Orleans, La., Jan. 11, 1890, unless previously sold at private sale. Show complete in every particular; much of it new. Now en route and nearing the end of a highly successful season. Three Pullman sleeping cars, three stock and five flat cars, one advertising car, big show, menagerie, dressing rooms, cook and horse tents, seats, light, properties, wardrobe, etc. etc.; baggage wagons, cross cages, pen dens, two band wagons, ticket wagon, etc. etc.; performing lions, elephants, camels, small animals, etc.; fifty(?) head of very fine draft horses, ring, stock and ponies. L. H. French. Fort Gibson, Miss., Dec. 23, Natchez, 24, Gloster, 25 . . . Woodville, Miss. 28 . . . Baton Rouge, 31 . . . New Orleans, 3. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890, p. 718.
    1890: Frank B. Hubin closed with French's Railroad Show at New Orleans, La., Jan. 3. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.
    1890: French's Circus closed its tour Jan. 1 at Baton Rouge, La., and shipped to winter quarters at New Orleans. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.
    1890: W. H. Benson, an employee of French's circus, and whose home was at Norway, this state, died the other day at Bayou Sara, La. He was shot by a colored man named Henry Ward. Jackson Sentinel (Maquoketa, IA), January 16, 1890.
    1890: L. H. French's Circus, Hippodrome and Menagerie, now wintering in New Orleans, having just closed its most successful season, will reopen in New Orleans, March 1?, 1890, entirely new in every particular. Wanted, performers of all kinds, musicians for three bands, riders, male and female, with or without stock. Boss canvasman and assistants, boss hostler, master of transportation, four and six horse drivers, chandelier men, animal men, etc. Address L. H. French, care Lafayette Hotel, New Orleans, La. Also want 30 first class bill posters. Address H. W. Link, general agent, care Empire Printing Co., 75 Third Avenue, Chicago. Ill. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 751.
    1890: Frank B. Hubin has been engaged for French’s Railroad Circus for the season of 1890. New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 759.
    1890: Sam and Charlie Morris, after a long and successful season with French's Show, are enjoying a rest at their home, Youngstown, O. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 781.
    1890: New Orleans, Louisiana. French's Circus opened 23(?), with a benefit performance for the New Orleans Lodge of Elks, which was a great success. Sig. Faranta, a prominent Elk, appeared as a lion tamer, and other brothers of the order were to be seen in the parade. Ed. Curtis appeared as master of ceremonies. It is safe to add that this generous donation of L. H. French will prove a financial benefit to him. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 39.
    On the Road. Circus: French's New Sensation, Cairo, Ill. April __. New York Clipper, April 5, 1890, p. 49.
    1890: Wanted for French & Co.'s R. R. Shows. . . . female riders, lady gymnasts good sideshow and concert people. . . . Burr Robbins, care of Empire Show Printing Co., Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 175.
    1890: French & Co.'s advance consists of the following: H. W. Link, general agent; C. C. Cilson, general contracting agent; H. B.(?) Hopgood, press agent. On car No. 1 are Geo. Steele, manager; J. M. Buckner, in charge of paper; H. W. Moore, lithographer and programmer; Andy Hamilton, Harry Fisher, Monte Davidson, A. Franks . . . Frank Le Vere . . . On No. 2. (box brigade) are . . . W. L. Bird, J. B. Cook . . . New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.
    1890: Wanted, first class billposters for French & Co.'s Circus and Menageire. . . H. W. Link, general agent, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 236.
    1890: . . . French & Co.'s Circus is also likely to fall into the hands of a well known and experienced showman of means. . . . New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.
    1890: Birmingham, Alabama. At Warrior, French & Co.'s Circus drew well 4(?). A drunken ___ wanted to do up the doorkeepr, and a general fight occurred, in which John Atkinson, a detective, was shot dead. The circus men are all free from blame. New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, 565.
    1890: French's Show will close season Nov. 30, at Eastman, Ga. They report a very successful season. Cincinnati is the proposed winter quarters. New York Clipper, November 22, 1890, 581.
    1890: John Beers (contortionist) goes with French's New Sensation. New York Clipper, December 27, 1890, p. 661.

    1891: The Cousins Brothers, bareback riders, with the L. H. French Circus last season, are in Chicago. New York Dramatic News, January 13, 1891, p. 10.
    1891: Twenty old time show people visited French's New Sensation at Gretna, La., recently. Among them were W. H. Harris and family, of the Nickel Plate Circus; Capt. Orton and family; Pete Conklin, the clown; Agent Bowers; Frank Sparks, equestrian director; and Wm. Queen, lecturer. Stone's Circus is wintering at Gretna. De Arley & O'Brien's Circus has gone on the Tache. Smith and Fuller are with French's New Sensation. The albino mind reader joined at Gretna. New York Clipper, January 17, 1891, p. 709.
    1891: French & Co.'s Circus was almost completely destroyed by fire at Chicago, Jan. 12(?). A few cats and ___ animals that had luckily been wintered at Lincoln(?) Park are all that is left of the show. The wagons, cages, tents, seats, poles, wardrobe, harness, and, in fact, every bit of paraphernalia in the old winter quarters went up in smoke. The loss is placed at upwards of $___, which is partly covered by an insurance of $21,000. The circus will be immediately reorganized and rebuilt, rising from the ashes larger and grander than ever. Everything will be brand new, from the stakes to the centre poles, and no expense will be spared to make it one of the great shows of the class traveling . . . New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 726.

Note: the show below may not have been a circus; also note that the owner is A. B. French, not L. H. French.

    1891: French's New Sensation has all the old people - J. E. McNair, the Armstrongs, the Bellringers, Smith and Fuller, Sid Allen, Billy and Victoria Queen(?) (mind readers), Lizzie Gelding, La Bella Lillian, P. W. Rowan(?) (musical director), Harry Armstrong Jr. and twelve colored people and two brass bands. Business is good. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.
    1891: Roster of French's New Sensation, now on the Monogahela River: A. B. French, manager and proprietor . . . Harry Armstrong, leader of brass band; Lizzie ___, treasurer; J. Green, stage manager . . . Ida McNair and Orke . . . Lizette Armstrong . . . New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 296.
    1891: Harry Armstrong, leader of band with French's New Sensation, was presented on his birthday, July 10, with an elegant meerschaum pipe by the manager, A. B. French, a toilet set by J. E. McNair and a handsome tobacco pouch from his wife, Lizzie Armstrong. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.
    1891: Wanted, good people that can double in brass, with features for first class specialty company. Must do two strong turns. Address A. B. French, Pittsburg, Pa., care French's New Sensation. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 342.
    1891: Notes of French’s New Senation from McKeesport, Pa.: The show returned here after six weeks tour of the Monongahela River. It was a pleasant and profitable trip. Smith and Fuller and James Green and wife recently closed, having secured engagements for the winter. Orke, a juggler, and Wilde Hale(?), a contortionist, were recently added. The show laid up in Pittsburg, 3-9, to strengthen the co. before the trip up the Kenawha River. Everthing bears a prosperous look, and the people seem to be satisfied. New York Dramatic News, August 15, 1891, p. 10.
    1891: John and ___ Patten have joined French's New Sensation, opening at Winnefred, W. Va., Sept. 8(?), for a tour of the South. Mr. Patten saved Mrs. Annie West from a watery grave recently. The lady fell into the Kanawa River, and would certainly have drowned had not Mr. Patten jumped in after her. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 469.
    1891: French's New Sensation wants a musical team and specialty people that can double in band. Address Point Pleasant, W. Va., care New Sensation. A. ?. French. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 500.
    1891: Holmes & Waldon joined French's New Sensation Show . . . Lizette Armstrong, leasing Swiss bellringer of the Sensation, will sojourn at her mother's home, Louisville, for a few weeks before going South . . . Business is reported good. New York Clipper, October 31, 1891, p. 569.
    1891: Wanted, for French New Sensation, first class specialty people who can double in brass. Write to Paducah, Ky., to A. B. French, care of New Sensation. New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 597.
    1891: . . . Wm. Queen, late manager of French's New Sensation . . . New York Clipper, November 28, 1891, p. 632.

    1892: Roster of French's New Sensation: J. E. McNair, Wambold and son, W. B. Orke, Ace Levoy, Lon West, Johnny Patten, Eddie Day, Poley Gean, Harry Armstrong, W. Gonzales, Dennis Dunham, Georgie Patten, Lizzie Biller(Hiller?), Frenchie McNair, Little Clarkle(?), Ida McNair, Callie French, Annie West, and Laura Carlton. New York Clipper, January 2, 1892, p. 715.
    1892: Roster of French's New Sensation, en route to New Orleans: J. E. McNair, John Patten, Porter(?) and Gonzales, Harry Armstrong Sr. and Jr., W. B. Orke, Poley Gaw, John Wambold Sr. and Jr., Dennis Dunham, Mohring Bros., Ida McNair, the Carlton Sisters, Lizzie Biller, Eunice Patten, Frenchie McNair, Georgie Patten, Olivia Carlton, Lon West and Ace Levoy. Eddie Day has left to join the Defenbaugh's Museum at Moore. The Mohring Bros. of Harris' New Nickel Plate Circus have joined. Orke and McNair close at New Orleans to open a new show, "The Voyagers." New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 827.
    1892: French's New Sensation opens at Pittsburg, Pa., May first. Wanted, first class specialties; also trombone and clarionet players. A. B. French. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 124.
    1892: Roster of French's New Sensation, en route up the Monogahela River: A. B. French, manager; Jas. Gray, Al. Shaw, Smith and Fuller, Laura Carlton, Hallett and Raymond, the Carlton(?) Sisters, Lillian Carroll, the Frenches . . . and L. B. Biller, Sig. Anderson, the Fitzpatrick Family, F. K. Knox, Poley Gaw, Willie Gonzales, John D. Dunham, Jim Donaldson and Mons. Stevens. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 181.
    1892: Long engagements on French's New Sensation, Pittsburg, Pa. Cornet and violin players write quick. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 239.
    1892: Roster of French's New Sensation: L. B. Biller, treasurer; Geo. Wambold, John Wambold, Smith and Fuller, Hallett and Raymond, Fitzpatrick Family, Lillian Carroll, Stevens, Lewis Children, Poley Gaw, leader of orchestra . . . Wm. Gonzales, Joe Newhart, Jules Greenbaum, E.(F.?) K. Know, Callie French, calliopist, and A. B. French, proprietor. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.
    1892: F.(P.?) V. Browning closed with French's Sensation July 18(?). He will be at home, Owensboro, Ky., for a short time. Stevens the jugggler, also closed with the show on that date, and will rest at Buffalo. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.
    1892: The postmaster at Hanesville, Ky., had the only Clipper in town, and twenty six people of French's New Sensation borrowed it. Zella, the man frog, has joined the show. George Wambold and on are re-engaged for next season. New York Clipper, October 1, 1892, p. 472.

    1893: A. B. French and wife, of the "New Sensation," gave a reception on board Mr. French's show boat at Brownsville, Pa., on the anniversary of their marriage, June 1?, and were presented with beautiful and costly presents by members of the company. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.
    1893: Wanted, for French's New Sensation (boat show), musical act, acrobatic knockabout song and dance man. A. B. French, care New Senation, Point Pleasant, West Virginia. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 342.
    1893: The Sexton Bros., acrobats, joined French's New Sensation at Mt. Vernon, Ind. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 496.1894: The show boat built by Eugene Robinson was sold by the C. S. Marshall at New Albany, Ind., for eleven hundred dollars to A. B. French. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 810.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frost, Husted & Co. - 1836

    Great Attraction. Frost, Husted & Co's Great Gymnastic Arena, and Circus Company. The proprietors of this immense establishment, (which requires the services of upwards of 70 men and horses, to complete its operations) take this method of informing the citizens of Huron county and vicnity, that the company will perform in Norwalk on Tuesday and Wednesday, the 16th and 17th of August, when such a variety of splendid performances will take place us cannot fail to please, and they assure those who may favor them with their patronage, that nothing will be introduced that can offend the most delicate or fastidious. The following celebrated performers are attached to the establishment, viz. Mr. Rockwell, the great American Rider - Mr. Conklin, the Herculean horseman, and acknowledged to be the greatest vaulter in the United States, he having thrown 61 summersets at two trials - Mr. Langley, the celebrated Dramatic Equestrian - Mr. Walter the horseman of all works - Mr. Gilkison, the Modern Hercules - Mr. Burgess, the Comic Singer - Mr. Calender, the Pasturist - Messrs. Teets, Johnson, Williams, the two Master Dales, the Clown, Stone, and the undaunted female equestrian, Mrs. Bensel. The Band of Music, consisting of 12 members, will duly announce the arrival of the Company in town, by playing several popular airs, conveyed in a splendid Barrouche carriage, made expressly for the purpose and drawn by four horses - the whole at enormous expense. The Stud of Horses attached to the establishment are not surpassed by those of any other in he country. Doors open at one o'clock, P. M. and the performance will commence at half past one o'clock. Admittance to the Boxes 50 cents—Pit 25 cts. Children under 10 half price. Huron Reflector (Norwalk, Ohio), August 2, 1836. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Fulford & Co. - 1890-91

    1890: Wanted for Fulford Bros. & Co. Road Circus and Menagerie, riders and performers of all descriptions, . . . sideshow freaks, also band of ? pieces, for season of 90, and a first class advance agent. . . . also a few more animals at low cash prices. George Bleden please write. Fulford Bros. ___ West Fifth Street, Topeka, Kas. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890, p. 721.
    1890: Louis Sells and A. K. Fulford & Co. consummated a large deal Jan. 28 for animals to place in the menagerie of Fulford & Co.'s new show. The people already signed are: Mme. Cordelia [poss. Cordelia Morrison below], Minnie Patterson, Will Dorr and wife . . . Harry Ringo . . . Geo. W. La Rosa and Ed. L. Brannan, advance. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 791.
    1890: Fulford & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie. Want people in all branches of the circus business. Sensational aerial acts, good singing and talking clown, leapers, tumblers, gymnasts and concert people, address James Stowe, equestrian director. Animal men, grooms, four, six and eight horse drivers, chandelier men, property men and canvass men, address A. K. Fulford. Bill posters and man with stereopticon for free street exhibition, address E. L. Brannan, general agent. Address all communications to ___ West Fifth Street, Topeka, Kas. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 45.
    1890: Call. All people engaged with A. K. Fulford & Co.'s New London Combined Shows, report at Topeka, Kansas, Monday, April 28(?). Season opens May 2(?). A. K. Fulford & Co. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 94.
    1890: Topeka, Kansas. A full fledged circus has been organized here, and will take the road about May 1(?). It will be known as the A. K. Fulford & Co’s New London Shows. . . . New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 99.
    1890: Topeka, Kansas. Cordelia Morrison, bareback rider, of Fulford & Co.' Circus, has brought suit in the district court against them for $___. In her petition she says she was hired for the season of 1890, and was to receive $50(?) a week. She was discharged, and now wants damages. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 179.
    1890: Fulford & Co's great show that will exhibit in Humeston on Tuesday July 22 was here 8 years ago known then as Cooper & Co. This is then [sic] 21st year on the road. Ad: The Only Big Show Coming This Year (By agreement of Showman's Pooled League). Humeston, Tuesday, July 22, '89 [sic]. Fulford & Co's United Monster Shows! London Museum and World's Menagerie. Sampson, the Monster War Elephant, covered with costliest cloth of Gold, and led by African and Indian Keepers. Huge Caravans of Camels, in charge of Arabian and Asiatic Keepers. Triple Circus Company. Admission 50 cents, children under 12, 25 cents. New Era (Humeston, IA), July 16, 1890.
    1890: The advance of Fulton & Co.'s New London Shows includes Ed. L. Brannan, general agent; J. F. Thompson, contractor; H. M. Robbins, lithographer; Lew Martin, programmer; ___, boss billposter with . . . J. G. Fileding . . . Ed. Lewis and Frank Kettering(?) assistants. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 261.
    1890: On the Road, Circuses: Fulford & Co.'s, Osceola, Ia. July 24, Murrya 25 . . . New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 306.
    1890: Notes from Fulford & Co.'s New London Shows. This show opened at Topeka, Kas., May 2, 3, where it did an exceedingly large business, and has had a most successful career this season. It was built entirely new at Topeka, by self made capitalists of that city. They have lately purchased twenty-seven head of fine dapple grey horses, making in all one hundred and twenty-two head, with seven ring horses. They had the misfortune to lose their principal horse, Prince, purchased from Louis Sells last Spring, but have replaced him with a beautiful bright bay which, under the handling and training of Will Door, is now capable of giving a first class performance. They have also purchased two more cages of animals from the Schiller Show which increases their menagerie to ten cages. They have a new 100ft. round top purchased a few weeks ago, also a new sideshow top so that their spread of canvas is large and pleasing. The performers are so well pleased with the management that they have only had to make but two changes so far this season. Agent Ed. L. Brannan (with him seven assistants) has routed the show well, he having completed twelve stands in Iowa. They are once more in the great old show state of Missouri. A. K. Fulford is at present at Topeka, shaking hands with old friends and attending to business. It was his intention to take in the sale of the Sells & Andress Show at St. Joseph 4, and he counted upon securing all that was worth carrying away. The roster consists of A. K. Fulford & Co., sole owners; W. M. Lyttle, treasurer and manager; Jesse C. Elliott, ticket seller; J. Fulford, door keeper; Jas. Stowe, equestrian director, and four horse and hurdle rider; Mrs. Jas. Stowe, Will Door and wife, Harry Potter and wife, Dill and wife, Lavan and Vidora(?), Juggler Delano, Frank Taylor, leader of band with 1? pieces; S. B. Howe, manipulator of refreshments with five assistants; T. McGrath, concert and reserve seats with six assistants . . . In all this show carries ninety people, and the ghost walks every Monday. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 357.
    1890: Thomas McGrath, of Fulford & Co.'s Circus, was shot and killed at Concordia, Mo., Sept. ?, by W. M. Lyttle, of the Fulford & Co. Circus. Mr. McGrath had charge of the privileges, reserved seats, etc. He was for years connected with the Sells Bros.' Circus, as ticket seller. The jury brought a verdict that the shooting was accidental(?). Mr. McGrath leaves a wife and three children. New York Clipper, September 20, 1890, p. 446.
    1890: Ed. L. Brannan has closed with Fulford & Co.'s New London Shows, and joined Mac Flinn & Hall's New York Circus and Menagerie, as general agent. The latter show is reported doing well in Texas, and a trip through Mexico is contemplated. New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, p. 568.

    1891: Fulford and Co.’s circus are in their usual winter quarters in Topeka, Kas. Everything points to an early start and a somewhat enlarged show. New York Dramatic News, January 10, 1891.
    1891: Circus property at auction. The property of the Fulford & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie will be sold at auction for cash by the undersigned receiver, on the 2? day of October, 1891, at Topeka, Kansas. Property consists of one 1?0 foot round top tent; ___ foot round top tent with __ foot middle piece; two 40(?) foot round top tents, with __ foot middle piece; one __ foot cook tent; one __ foot horse tent; one ticket wagon, one band wagon . . . six(?) animal cage wagons, two advance wagons, property, chariot(?), jack, canvas and other wagons . . . eight large boxes of show paper, posters, etc., together with seats, wardrobes, banners and other paraphernalia belongin to and used in a circus and menagerie. Also . . . large Macaw birds, one cinnamon bear, etc., etc. . . . New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 547.

Note: also see King, Orin C., The Circus World of Willie Sells, Topeka, KS: Shawnee County Historical Society, 1983.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

G

Gainesville Community Circus - 1941

    Opened in April. Rehersals started February 1st with Mr. & Mrs. Arthur Henry and Mr. & Mrs. Jimmy Conners, performers, in charge. Breaking in the animal acts were Verne Brewer, Portis Sims and Jimmy Odell. Program director was A. Morton Smith, secretary G. D. Bell. "Gainsville Circus to Open in April," White Tops, Vol. 14, Nos. 4-5 (Feb-Mar), 1941, p. 9. Information should be checked with additional sources

J. P. Gallagher - 1893, Gallagher & Smith - 1894

    1893: Doings at Downie & Gallagher's winter quarters. J. P. Gallagher has purchased Mr. Downie's interest, and the show will hereafter be known as J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows, Circus, Museum, Hippodrome and Wild West. They will open at Median N.Y., about May 1 . . . Everything in and about the quarters is in a perfect ___, and all the wagons, chariots, etc., will wear a new color this season. Heretofore everything with the shows was white, but this season ___ will be red, and it will be a regular "red letter day" where Gallagher "lets er go." The hippodrome stock and the Indian ponies for the Wild West are looking fine . . . The following have already signed: J. B. Swafford . . . Geo. Parker, Harry Livingston . . . C. Davis . . . All contracts made by the firm of Downie & Gallagher will be holding(?). New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 832.
    1893: Among the recent additions to J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian show are Lula Eller, Carr and Ingram, La Echelle, Brown Bros., revolving ladder . . . White and De Wooda, Jep Hatten . . . and Wm. Thompson. New York Clipper, March 25, 1893, p. 34.
    1893: Downie & Gallagher's Shows, dissolved, and there is no(?) interest for sale. Shows will hereafter be known as J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows. . . . New York Clipper, March 25, 1893, p. 44.
    1893: Doings at the winter quarters of J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Show. Everything is now well under way, and looks circus all over. The entire outfit is brand new. John Weaver is superintending the fitting out . . . The Wild West will be a strong feature the coming season. The show will carry twenty(?) Indians, including an Indian brass band. The hippodrome will be complete(?). New York Clipper, April 1, 1893, p. 50.
    1893: Doings of J. P. Gallagher's Columbian Shows. Notwithstanding the rain of the past two weeks the show has been doing a nice business. The roster: J. P. Gallagher, proprietor and manager; John Weaver, superintendent; Frank Dever, equestrian director; Florentine, Mrs. Wallace, Mlle. Retta, Mexican Bill and his school of educated ponies, W. F. Wallace, Jno. Alvers, Mons. Durell, Geo. Parker, Burt Bishop, Alexis, Frank Brown, Fred Durell, T. Devers, Brown and Bishop, Geo. Lasson, Marinello, Daisy Mosher, Dever and Retia, J. Augustus Jones, Prof. C. L. Alspaugh's silver cornet band and orchestra, T. Le Roy, boss canvas man; Frenchy, boss hostler. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Downie & Gallagher, Rochester NY May 31, Brighton June 1 . . . Fairport 3. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
    1893: Doings of J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows. Seven cages of animals have been added, and, as there was not sufficient room on the ___ to accommodate them, manager Gallagher has secured twenty head more of heavy draft horses, and the show will take the road at Syracuse, touring the southern part of New York and then into Connecticut and Massachusetts. Manager Gallagher is absent from the show just now on business. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.
    1893: Doings of the J. P. Gallagher's Shows. Good weather and big business . . . Our new menagerie top has arrived, making our lot look like a veritable city of canvas. The roster has been increased by the addition of Chief Black Wolf and a band of ___ braves and three squaws with papooses. Joe Quinlan has taken charge of our canvas, and manager Gallagher and supt. Jack Weaver were visitors to the Pawnee Bill Show . . . New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Gallagher's, Jamesville NY June 21 . . . Morrisville 23, Syracuse 24, Norwich 26(?). New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.
    1893: Manager Gallagher, of Gallagher's All United Shows, was called home suddely last week, on account of the serious illness of his son. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Gallagher's, . . . Williamstown, NY 5, Sand Bank 6, Mexico 7, Pulaski 8. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 265.
    1893: The Great Gallagher Shows wants to buy five more light(?) two horse cages, all kinds of circus wardrobe, a steam calliope and horse tents. Also want to enlarge shows, singing and talking clown to work in concert, brother team, Cowboy, Indians, and any good circus act, and a slide trombone. . . . New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 277.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Gallagher's, Williamstown NY July 5, Sand Bank 6, Mexico 7, Pulaski 8. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 281.
    1893: Notes of Lee's London Shows. . . . Our advance were all back to bill the show at Mexico, N.Y., where, but the way, the Gallagher Show went to pieces. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.
    1893: The statement that the Gallagher Show had gone to the wall recently is denied by Mr. Gallagher, who states that there was a temporary break in their tour, which was easily adjusted. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.
    1893: J. P. Gallagher's Shows have combined with W. C. Coup's Circus and Canine and Equine Paradox for the remainder of the season. The shows travel by rail. New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 346.
    1893: For sale, one half interest in J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows, one of the most complete, thoroughly equipped circus on the road, now playing Buffalo, N.Y. to big business. Reason for selling ___ to the early opening of my winter show, to which I [am] devoting my entire time. Permanent address, Median, N.Y. This show goes South until February. . . . New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 359.

    1894: For sale, half interest in J. P. Gallagher's New Shows. __ft. round top . . . dressing room, __ft. horse tent, horse harness, wagons, lights, wardrobe, two show boats(?) __ ft. long. Everything to complete a first class show. . . . Would sell the boats(?) separate. Address J. P. Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, January 20, 1894, p. 746.
    1894: For sale, an interest in J. P. Gallagher's New Shows. Will sell interest to suit purchaser. I'm not particular how much, but I want partner for important position to have financial interest. I have band, ticket, advance and baggage wagons, horses, harness, seats, lights. New ___ft. top, with __ft. centere, 40ft. dressing room and __ft. horse tent. In fact, everything to complete a first class show, and all in perfect order. J. P. Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. I also have for sale at great sacrifice 2 new show boats, 1 stock and wagon boat __ft. long, 1 hotel boat __ft. long, will accommodate __ people. State rooms, office, dining room, kitchen, range, all bedding and dished and tables to furnish same; all kinds of circus wardrobe, also minstrel property, chair covers, plush banners and pictorial paper cheap. Wanted, people in all branches of circus business. Side show and candy stand for sale. J. P. Gallagher, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 825.
    1894: Notes from J. P. Gallagher. J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows and G. S. Smith's South American Circus have consolidated for the season of 1894, and will be among the strongest and best equipped shows on the road. They have under contract a number of circus celebrities, and will have all new wardrobe, chariots, etc. . . . New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.
    1894: Call. J. P. Gallagher's New Columbian Shows and G. S. Smith's American Circus Consolidated for season of '94. All people engaged report at Medina, N.Y., May 16(?). Show opens 19(?). Gents trunks 18x21(?), ladies 24x30(?). New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 143.
    Wanted, to enlarge shows, male and female riders, and people in all branches of circus and concert business. Musicians for another band, five more billposters and all other agents. Wanted to buy, a handsome carved band wagon, ___ chariots, a manage horse for lady, and a performing elephant, and any good circus property that can be bought cheap for spot cash. Address Gallagher & Smith, Medina, N.Y. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 143.

Note: Also see Downie & Gallagher.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank A. Gardner's - 1890

    1889: South American Circus News. A correspondent writes as follows from Valparasio, Chili, under date of Dec. __; Frank A. Gardner and his happy circus people are homeward bound, after perhaps the longest (one year and four months), and certainly the most successful, season ever passed here. Mr. Gardner, with his wife, Mildred Gardner, and the following members of the company: Mr. and Mrs. Harry Carye, Mlle. Marietta and Nina Viola, Frank Long, Louis Leslie . . . Emma Lynden, whom Mr. Gardner secured to perform in conjunction with his company . . . Mr. Gardner informs me that he will immediately commence reorganizing, with headquarters at __ Centre Street, New York City. From time to time, the performrs have assured me of the kind consideration received at his and his wife's hands. . . . Valparasio, Chile, Dec. __ - Frank Gardner. The long successful and pleasant season which you have just given notice of terminating, after the liberal manner in which every obligation was fulfilled . . . to express to you personally in this letter, and through the New York Clipper to all professionals, our heartfelt thanks for your untiting efforts . . . signed: ___ Ducrow, Linda Jeal, Eleana Jeal, Mrs. Harry Carey, Nellie Ryland, Marrieta, Nina(?) Viola, Nellie(Nettie?) Marks, James Murray, Harry Carey, Louis Leslie, Dan Ducrow, ___ Ducrow, Harry Warner . . . Balabrega and wife, Emma Lynden, were very successful in Equador. They have just closed their Peru contracts, and are now en route for the States with Frank A. Gardner's Circus. . . . The Ducrows (Dan, Lou and ___) and the Jeals (Linda, Eleana and Nellie), with James Murray and Robert ___, together with some native talent, have formed a company, and remain in Chili, the Jeals deeming it ___ to return home with ther stock during the cold weather. They have a fair company, and get along nicely. . . . Prof. Harry Warner, the aeronaut, returns to New Orleans, La., and, after a thorough re-equipment of balloons, parachutes, etc., goes to Argentine. Louis Leslie returns to his home at Baltimore for a short rest, and then rejoins Frank Gardner. Mr. and Mrs. Harry Carey, after a visit to Mrs. Barney Carroll's country seat at Westchester(?), N. Y., rejoins the Gardner Circus. Frank Long, who met with such flattering success in South America, after securing a partner, sails again with Gardner's Circus. The horses, ponies, donkey and dogs, Mr. Gardner informs me, will remain South, in view of the cold weather. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.
    1890: Frank A. Gardner Great American Circus now reorganizing for a grand two years' tour of the world. Wanted for tour of the world, artists in every branch of the circus and variety profession, male and female riders, with or without stock (without horses preferred), acrobats, gymnasts, bar performers, bicycle riders, roller skaters, musical teams, a three brother act, a good clown that can speak Spanish, or any act suitable for stage or ring, not dependent on the English language for success. Want a good first class band of ten pieces. (Carl Clare and Prof. Jones, write) Want a good boss canvasman, would buy a number of trained stallions or broncho horses and a good troupe of dogs, also a somersault dog or any kind of performing animals doing acts. Frank A. Gardner, sole proprietor and manager of Gran Circo Gardner. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 31.
    1890: Gran Circo Gardner, Frank A. Gardner, champion leaper and rider of the world, sole propietor. Seventh annual tour of South American. Now reorganizing for two years' tour of the world. Wanted, artists in every branch of the circus and variety profession, male and female riders. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 47.
    1890: The members of the Gran Circo Gardner sailed June __ for Colon, where they take the rail for Panama(?), and thence go by steamer to Guayaquil, Ecuador, their first stand. The list of people is unusually large, considering the trip, and includes Frank A. Gardner, Mildred Gardener, William Marks, Josie Marks, Harry Carey, Mlle. Marietta, Louis Leslie . . . Emily Zora, French Family (five in number); Arthur Nelson, Birdie Nelson . . . Frank Long, Will Karl . . . Fred Ronaldo . . . Manager Gardner has presented his wife, Mildred Gardner, with the celebrated jumping horse, Salisbury. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.
    1890: Frank A. Gardner's Circus has combined with Murray & Ducrow's and Quir?? & Williams' and they are now making a successful tour of South America. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.
    1890: Elena Jeal, of the Jeal Sisters, has returned from a successful season in South America. After a fortnight's rest she will leave for the West Indies to join F. A. Gardner's Circus. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 339.
    1890: The Ducrow Family . . . have been re-engaged by Frank A. Gardner's Circus and are now en route [for] a one(?) year's tour through South and Central America. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 339.
    1890: Bertie Nelson (Dashing Berti) has returned from South America, where she had been with the Frank A. Gardner Show. Miss Nelson does not speak very well of the show business in South America. Several American performers are down with yellow fever. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 357.
    1890: This is the roster of the Frank A. Gardner Circus, as it played at Kingston, Jamaica, recently: Nellie Ryland, Master Romeo . . . Ducrow Bros., Josie Marks . . .Harry Carey, Linda Jeal, Harry French, Jas. Murray, Frank Long, Mrs. Mildred Gardner, Wm. Marks, Belotta(?) Gardner, etc. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.
    1890: Frank A. Gardner's Circus arrived at Bridgetown, Barbados, W. I., Aug. 14(?), from Jamaica. All hands are well, so Jesse W. Foster(?) writes us. New York Clipper, August 30, 1890, p. 387.
    1890: On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: F. A. Gardner's, Carracas, Ven, S. A., Nov. 24-Dec 1?. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 595.
    1890: Notes from Frank A. Gardner's Circus. My show has been meeting with success all though the West Indies. At Valencia and Puerto Pabello business was exceptionally large. We left La Gua?ra, Venezuela, Nov. 13 for Carracas. Quite a pleasant affair took place at Puerto Cabello, 3. It was the marriage of James Murray and Linda Jeal, of the Jeal Sisters. On the steamer champagne flowed rfreely, and a general good time was had. . . . My entire company is enjoying the best of health, and everything is peace and harmony. The company now consists of myself and wife, Linda Jeal, Elena Ryland, Nellie Ryland, Bell Ducrow, Lillie French, Lottie French . . . Mildred Gardner, Dan Ducrow . . . Harry Carey, Frank Long, Harry French . . . Fred Cardner, George French, Louie Ducrow . . . James Murray, Alfred Smith . . . and Prof. Griffith, band leader with nine assistants. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 599.
    1890: On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: F. A. Gardner's, Carracas, Ven., S. A. Dec. 1-13. New York Clipper, December 6, 1890, p. 611.

Note: also see “Frank Gardner and the Great Leapers,” Steve Gossard, Bandwagon, Vol. 34, No. 4 (Jul-Aug), 1990, p. 23.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gatti Charles Circus, 1967 Program, reviewed by David Reid at Lebanon Oregon, Apr. 20. 1. National Anthem by Milonga Cline and 3 female flag bearers. 2. Clines Ponies (4). 3. Ken Willer plate spinning. 4. Clowns, sword box gag. Clowns are good, work hard, wardrobe fine. 5. Trapeze, Sequera, an imported Mexican gal. 6. Clowns (4) washboard skit. 7. Bentley's Poodles. 8. Clowns, magic number. 9. Spanish web (4). 10. Juggling, Betty Gorham. 11. Nicollini Chimps. 12. Clowns. 13. Aerial Pinsons, cradle act. 14. Clowns, firecracker gag. 15. Clines elephants (3). Sponsor was the JC's. Played in the local high school gym. Good crowds for both shows. They opened in Hayward, calif. Two acts were left out because the building did not lend itself to guying out the rigging. They were the Ray-Dens, casting act and the wire act of Armeda. A Mexican troupe is to join but were held up at the border because of quarantine regulations on their stock. They will present two numbers when they join, a riding number and a teeterboard act. Tommy Bentley is announcer and equestrian director. Don Rey has the band of 3 pieces. Banner Line, May 15, 1967, p. 8.

Geary's - 1891-92

    1891: On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated Shows, Elkhart, Ind. June 24, 2?, Goshen, 26, 27. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated Shows, Goshen, Ind. July 1, Logonier 2, Kendallville 3, Garrett 4, Edgerton, O. 6, Bryan 7,8, Defiance 9, 10, Napoleon 11. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.
    1891: The roster of Geary's Consolidated Shows and World's Museum is: James Geary, proprietor; E. K. Franklin, business manager; Max Rosenthal, treasurer; Milt Hogan, advance agent; Young Samson, Walters, Grey and Llewellyn . . . Master Fred Kratz . . . Theodore, Young Frederick, Master Harry White, Wilcox Family Susie Conrad, Loleta . . . New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 285.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated Shows, Byran, O. July 8, Defiance 9, 10, Napolean 11. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 301.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated Shows, Van Wert, O. July 22, Scott 23 . . . New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 332.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated, Spencerville, Ind. July 29 . . . Antwerp 31, Paulding Augs 1, Sherwood 3, Defiance 4, Napoleon 5, Liberty Centre 6, White House 7, Maumee 8. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 347.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Geary's Consolidated Shows, Toledo, O., Aug 10-15. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.

    1892: Wild West and circus people wanted. One to two week's work, according to ability. Will play organized circus. Address James Geary, World's Olympia, Minneapolis, Minn. Season opens May 2. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 111.
    1892: Minneapolis, Minnesota. World's Theatre. Geary's Show, a dime circus, opened 2 to good houses. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 150.
    1892: Minneapolis, Minnesota. Mr. Geary, who opened the Dime Circus 2, in the old Panorama building, left the company about a week ago with salaries unpaid, as claimed by some of his performers who continued the show on the commonwealth plan. It is still running. Mr. Geary has since written for a ___ of all his indebtedness, from which it is ___ that he intends to pay in full. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.
    1892: James Geary has thrown up his World's Olympia venture at Minneapolis, Minn., and returned discouraged to Fort Wayne, Ind. Capt. Bogardus and his son, and Lane and Verona complain of unpaid salaries and unprofessional treatment in general. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 181.
    1892: E. K. Franklin, manager of Geary's World Museum and Theatre, has closed his engagement and signed with Downie & Gallagher's Circus for the summer. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 194.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. A. Gerrish's American Museum and Zoological Exposition - 1874

    The proprietors and officers are as follows: Proprietor and manager, J. A. Gerrish; assistant, J. Greenleaf; advance agent, A. K. Moore; master of canvas, a. Conley. Number of tents used, two. Proprietors of privileges: T. Hoff and B. Lewis & Co. The Museum: Superintendent, D. J. Moore. Number of cages, 25, containing a rare assortment of ancient and modern curiosities, animate and inanimate objects of interest; also, an ornithological entomological, conchological, geological and botanical collection, and a large number of scientific instruments. The Menagerie: Superintendent, T. S. Hobbs. This department will contain a fine collection of animals, including Prof. Hobbs' troupe of performing dogs, goats and monkeys; also, a collection of birds. New York Clipper (Supplement), April 18, 1874, p. 2. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gibbons - 1890

    1890: Memphis, Tennessee. The J. F. Wood's Circus drove stakes on the Bluff __, and remained during the week. Andy Showers reports that Mr. Woods quit the show and people at San Antonio, Feb. 11(?), leaving unpaid salaries and other debts behind him. The company took charge, and have been running the show in their own interest, with Mr. Showers as manager. They disbanded 15(?), and will store all the paraphernalia, etc. in this city. . . . the La Rue(?) Brothers [GO] with Gibbons' Circus. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 19.
    1890: Gibbon's Circus collapsed at Corry, Pa., Sept. 21(?). All of the effects were seized by creditors and stored away. The circus had only one elephant, and that belonged to the Forepaugh Show. No salaries had been paid for a number of weeks, and the company is in very destitute circumstances. At last accounts the canvasmen and some of the performers were camping on the circus lot at Corry and living on the charity of the residents. The show is said to be a complete wreck. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.

    1891: Wanted, good specialty people, trapeze bar performers, contortionists and a good clown that can do in leap and tumble. Address Howard Gibons, New Holland, Pickaway County, O. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 276.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gibson's - 1891-94

    1890: On the Road, Circuses: Howard Gibson's. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 162.
    1890: Howard Gibsons' International Circus opened on May __ at Plain City, O. The tent, which is a 100ft.(?) round top with two 30ft.(?) middle piece, was packed to its utmost. The show is comprised of the following people: Howard Gibson, proprietor; George Edgerton, business manager . . . Prof. F.(P.?) M. Williamson is the leader of a brass band of twelve pieces . . . Adel is the manager of the sideshow . . . Prof. Greeno's dog circus; the Gantz Bros., Roman ladder and bars . . . Hickey's trained dog show. . . . The concert people are as follows: . . . May Edgerton's trained birds . . . New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

    1891: Wanted, good specialty people, trapeze bar performers, contortionists and a good clown that can do in leap and tumble. Address Howard Gibons, New Holland, Pickaway County, O. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 276.
    1892: Master Ollie Young, juggler, has signed with Gibson's International Shows for next season, making his second season with that show. New York Clipper, March 5, 1892, p. 859.

    1893: Billy Hammond, talking and singing clown, has signed with the Howard Gibson Great Consolidated Shows. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.

    1894: Wanted, circus people in all branches, cornet player and baritone to double first violin. J. Howard Gibson, London, O., March 9 and __ West Jefferson, O., 12 and 13, Milford Center, O., 14, and 15. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 11.
    1894: Wanted, for ___ & ___ Great Railroad Shows, people in all branches. Cornet to double first violin and lead band. Side show and candy privileges for sale. Address J. Howard Gibson, __ North Ashland Ave., Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 158.
    1894: On the road, circuses: J. Howard Gibson's . . . Rochelle IL 19, Ashton 21. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Givens - 1890, 1892

    1890: Wanted for European Show, Menagerie and Wild West Combined, cowboys and Indians, performing horses or ponies, performing dogs, lady trapeze performers, gymnasts of all kinds, sideshow curiosities, a boss canvasman, few billposters. Balloon man, a good one with parachute. . . . Wagon show. Open about the middle of April. Address . . . Samuel F. Givens, ___ North Broad Street, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 753.
    1890: Thos. Boscoe(Roscoe?), juggler and slack wire performer . . . has signed with Given's Circus and Wild West Show for the coming tenting season. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 791.
    1890: Wanted, with Great European Wagon Show, one or two performing or trick horses or ponies. Will rent candy stands. Open April 28(?). Samuel Givens, ___ North Broad Stret, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 76.
    1890: Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. S. F. Given's Wild West Show is doing the East End and other Pittsburg suburbs. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 374.
    1890: Given's Circus exhibited in the East End, Pittsburg, last week. Night of Aug. 19(?) the tent was ___ almost to suffocation, when a storm came up. It was noticed that the elephant was very nervous, swinging his huge trunk from side to side, and his trumpeting was heard for half a mile. His keeper tried in vain to pacify him. About midnight Joseph Weaver, who lives on Lowell Street, five(?) squares from the circus lot, heard a noise in his garden. Securing an ordinary stick, he sallied forth. As he entered the garden he was confronted by the elephant, which at once charged at the frightened man. The elephant chased him around the grounds three or four times, when Mr. Weaver finally escaped through the fence, leaving the animal in full possession, while he went to the circus lot for help. The keeper of the elephant was nowhere to be found. A couple of policemen and as many canvasmen, after some deliberation, accompanied Mr. Weaver to his residence. When they arrived at their destination the elephant could not be seen. The garden, however, was evidence enough that the animal had been in charge. Corn stalks, tomator plants and tomato vines has been trampled into the ground. The party of hunters had given up their chase and were about to return when the animal, with a loud trumpet, emerged from behind a hay stack. The men began to scatter, all of them taking positions at a safe distance. The police stationed themselves outside the fence, and began to throw cobble stones, thinking in that way to drive the elephant away. Finally tiring of this the elephant headed in the direction of the policemen. The animal started in pursuit of the fleeing bluecoats, breaking down a high fence and uprooting a pump(?) in his course. After chasing about in this manner for half and hour or more, and amusing all the neighbors in the vicinity, the elephant was driven into a small shed, which had been used as a carriage house. After confining the elephant in a shed for an hour, the keeper appeared. He found little trouble in taking his charge to the circus tent, where he fastened him with a number of chains. New York Clipper, August 30, 1890, p. 387.

    1892: Wanted, for the Great European Railroad Show, people in all branches of the profession except riders, troupe of dogs, band of eight mouth pieces, performing horse, boss canvas man, lady to make outside ascension, agent that can do good city work. Will rent sideshow and candy stands reasonable to reliable party, to be run straight. Concert people. Address Samuel F. Givens, manager, ___ North Thirty-first Street, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 62.
    1892: The Three La Rue Bros., acrobats and high perch performers. . . have signed with Samuel R. Given's Great European Show. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.
    1892: Prof. Geo. T. Golt opened with S. F. Given's European Circus June ?0, for the season. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.
    1892: The Lewis Bros. say that Sam Givens' Circus went to pieces at Phoenixville, Pa., July ?, and claim unpaid salaries. Wm. Lewis has been quite ill, but has fully recovered. They are resting at Philadelphia. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Glasgow's - 1894

    1894: Wanted for J. G. Glasgow's New Olympic Shows and Trained Animal Exhibiton, people in all branches, except riders; also a good band. Will buy band wagon and coats. Privileges for sale. Answer quick. J. G. Glasgow, Chillicothe, O. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 159.
    1894: Prof. ?. S. Adell, with his performing dogs, goats and monkeys, has signed with J. G. Glasgow's New Olympic Show and Trained Animal Exhibition. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 164.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Glenan & Austin's Eastern - 1892

    Glenan & Austin's Eastern Shows open at Mechanics Falls, Me., May ?. The company will travel by wagon, using a 100ft. round top tent with a 50ft. middle piece. There will also be a menagerie and a sideshow. The executive staff is: Glenan and Austin, proprietors and managers; George Andrews, general agent; Chas Boyle, contracting agent; Alex. Larelle(?), treasurer; George Clark, equestrian director; William Arnold, boss hostler; B.(?) A. Scott, boss canvasman; George Wood, leader of band; Frank B??us, manager of privileges and others. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Goldenburg's Colossal Aggregation and Cosmopolitan Array of American and European Wonders - 1874

    The proprietors and officers are as follows: Proprietors: The Goldenburg Brothers; manager, J. A. Goldenburg; general agent, William Rawdin; contratcing agent, A. D. Higgins; treasurer, W. S. Goldenburg; leader of band, W. T. Rogers; equestrian director, J. W. White; master of canvas, William Armsburg; master of horse, F. Mitchell. Clowns: Billy Carroll, S. S. Pettit, H. Wambold and J. Clinton. Gymnasts: the Moore Brothers. Acrobats, leapers and tumblers: Gaston, De Forrest, Long, Harris, Antony, Bilsing, Clark, Blanchet and the Hazelbac Brothers, trapeze. Specialists: Prof. Armstrong and his trained dogs; Leopar and Carroll, hat-spinners and dancing globe; Allah Ben Abdallah, Arab contortionist; J. C. Long, cannon ball performer and light and heavy balancer. Number of tents, one new canvas, number of men and horses, 110. Proprietor of concert, the Goldenburg Brothers. Proprietor of candy privilege, William Harrison. Will inaugurate their season at Farmington, O., April 20. New York Clipper (Supplement), April 18, 1892. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gollmar Bros. - 1892, 1900, 1912

    1891: Wanted, for the Gollmar Bros.' Greatest 25c Wagon Shows, good contracting agent, performers in all branches of the circus business. Good sober boos canvasman, boss hostler and bill posters. Also sideshow and candy privileges to let. Address Gollmar Bros., Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 735.
    1891: Jos. Garnell has signed with the Gollmar Bros.' United Shows for the coming season. The show opened May 16(?) at Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 150.
    1891: Edward Johnson has signed with Gollmar Bros.’ United Shows. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891.
    1891: Wanted at once, for Gollmar Bros.' Shows, good aerial team who can do rope ascension. Fill on bars tha tumbling, and do ther turn. Good concert man to double on drum. Also, to let, candy stand and cook tent privileges. Big money. Address Gollmar Bros., as per route. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 192.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros.', Plattville, Wis. May 27. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.
    1891: The sideshow people with Gollmar Bros.' Show include: W. Golmar, R. Hunt, Geo. Patrick, E. W. Vermelo, Ina Vermelo, Mlle. Zanvia, Julia Gibbons, Mme. Inga and Vermelo's Punch and Judy. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 2.
    1891: While the circus train of Gollmar Bros.’ Show was en route between Muscody and Boscobell, Wis., the stringer wagon was struck by a passing train, and one of the horses was killed. The wagon was demolished, and several of the company had narrow escapes. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 230.
    1891: Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus. We opened at Baraboo, Wis. May 16, to big business, and have met with prosperity ever since, despite the continual rains. We use a 110ft. round top, with two 50ft. middle pieces. The sideshow tent is a 50ft. top with a 40ft. middle piece, and the dressing tent is a 40ft. round top. We have fifty head of fine stock, six ponies, two trick mules and __ cages of animals. The following people make up the roster: Gollmar Bros., sole proprietors and general managers; Chas. D. Barrett, boss canvasman, with twenty assistants; A. P. McGill, boss hostler, with eighteen assistants; E. Holl, boss property man, with four assistants; Chas. A. Gollmar's band of ten pieces; Fred Gollmar's trained dogs; Chas. A. Gollmar, B. F. Gollmar, F. C. Gollmar, W. S. Gollmar, Claude Gollmar, Frank L. Gay, Florence Levanion, James Bensley, E.(?) Willie Bensley, Ed. Vernelo, Ina Vernelo, Julis Gibson, John Harris, Gibson Sisters, Garnel Bros. . . . Ed. Johnson, E. M. Vernelo, Janiva, Mlle. Inez, Ina Vernelo, R. Hunt, Wm. H. Ross, Jasper Power and others. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros.', Mattoon, Ill. July 4. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.
    1891: Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus, Menagerie and Trained Animal Exposition. At last we have got out of the rainy belt, and are having fine weather. Fairbury, Ill., was our banner town of the season. The Edgerton Sisters, May and Lillie, aerialists, joined June 22(?), with Geo. Edgerton and Wm. Clark. . . . The people are all well and happy. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 285.
    1891: Wanted at once, for the Gollmar Bros.' Great United Shows and Trained Animal Exposition, Greatest 25c show on earth. A few more performers, double and single trapeze, slack wire, barrel kicker and good concert man to double on tenor drum. Also boss hostler. Frank Gay please write. Address Gollmar Bros., Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 104.
    1891: Edward Johnson has signed with Gollmar Bros.' United Shows. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 169.
    1891: Manager J. H.(?) Miller, of the Newark, O., Opera Hosue has engaged as contracting agent of Gollmar Bros. Show. The show opened at Baraboo, Wis., May __. Mr. Miller will manage the house at Newark, O., the coming season. Ed. Braddock recently joined the Gollmars' show to do advance work. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.
    1891: The sideshow people with Gollmar Bros.' Show include: W. Golmar [sic], R. Hunt, Geo. Patrick, E.(F.?) W. Vermelo, Ina Vermelo . . . Julia Gibbons, Mme. Inga and Vermelo's Punch and Judy. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 214.
    1891: Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus. We are now in the middle of our tenth week, and are playing to big business. The Edgerton Sisters, aerialists, have proven a valuable addition to our show, and are making a hit. Tom Doyle and Tom Carroll joined us July 1. All are well and waiting for the new dressing room top and horse tent, which are expected every day. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.
    1891: Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus. We are having good weather and playing to big business. Geo. Edgerton has purchased an Arabian stallion, and is having it broken for a trick horse. Ina Vernelo and Florence Levanion have been on the sick list, but are better now. Afternoon of July 23(?), while Lillie Edgerton was making her ascension, one of the guy lines broke, and she fell about twenty feet. Her side was bruised, but she will be able to work again in a day or two. We have received a new 45(?)ft. dressing tent and a new six pole horse tent. Doyle and Carrol have joined to strengthen the band and concert. Ina Vernelo received a present from her sister (Edna Mayler) in the shape of some new wardrobe. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros.', Albany, Ill July 29 . . . Savanna 31 . . . New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 347.
    1891: Open for the winter season of 1891-92, Gay and Levanion, Frank and Florence, Spanish rings. Only people working double on one set of rings. Now with the Gollmar Bros. Great United Shows. Frank L. Gay, principal clown. Address, care of Clipper. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 360.
    1891: Gollmar Bros. Show report excellent business in Iowa. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros., Vinton, Ia. Aug. 10, Laporte City 11, Waterloo 12 . . . New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.
    1891: Wanted, quick. Performers in all branches, also sideshow, concert people and musicians. . . . Marion Ia. Aug 7, Centre Point 8, Vinton 10, Laporte 11 . . . Gollmar Bros.' Great United Shows and Trained Animal Exposition. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 375.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros., Cedar Falls Ia. Aug 14, Waverly 15. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.
    1891: Notes from the Gollmar Brothers' Circus. We are playing to big business in Iowa. The performers: The Bensleys, Garnello Bros. . . . Kershaw Bros., Edgerton Sisters, J. Johnson, James Bensley and Willis Bensley. The Varnellos have left the show. May Edgerton had a bad fall Aug. 11, at Springville. The show is heading for Deacatur. . . . New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.
    1891: Wanted at once, for Gollmar Bros.' United Shows, a good contortionist who ___ in tumbling. A good juggler who does two or mroe turns. Long season and if satisfactory, winter's engagement. Gollmar Bros.' as per route or care of Clipper. New York Clipper, September 5, 1891, p. 447.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Gollmar Bros. Mauston WI Sep 16 . . . Kilbourne City 21. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 467.
    1891: The Gollmar Bros.' Circus will close its season Oct. 1. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 484.
    1891: Wanted, for Gollmar Bros.' Shows, people in all branches of the circus business, doing two or more turns. Foot juggling, clowns, etc. Wanted, eight billposters, also musicians. Sideshow privileges and candy and cook tent to let or sell. . . . Address Gollmar Bros.' Show, Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, December 26, 1891, p. 710.

    1892: Wanted, boss hostler and boss canvasman, good chandelier man, a few more musicians and performers, property men, grooms(?), etc. Address Gollmar Brothers, Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 806.
    1892: Fitzgerald and King will go with Gollmar Bros.' Circus next season. New York Clipper, February 13, 1892, p. 811.
    1892: Capt. Wesley S. Baum, the original South American tattooed man, and Lulu, tattooed princess, have signed with Gollmar Bros.' Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, February 27, 1892, p. 843.
    1892: E. C. Allen has signed with the Gollmar Bros. New York Clipper, March 5, 1892, p. 856.
    1892: The Gilliam(?) Family, Lydia, Mabel, Frank and Master Primrose, have signed with the Gollmar Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
    1892: Notes from Gollmar Brothers' Great United Shows. Everyone around our Winter quarters is busy getting ready for our opening. Our new chariots, cages, baggage wagons and two new advance wagons are nearly ready, and our force of men in the paint shows are rushing out work at an astonishing rate. We will carry to large carved band chariots this year, one twenty feet and one fourteen feet long. We will add two Roman chariots, three cages and a large number of wagons and horses. The following is part of our roster for '92: Gollmar Bros., sole owners and managers; Fred C. Gollmar, general agent; P. T. Moyer, assistant agent; J. C. Gollmar, general advertising agent, with three assistants; Claud Gollmar, in charge of advance No. ?; Chas. Brown, boss billposter, with ten assistants; Chas. A. Gollmar, equestrian manager; W. S. Gollmar, assistant equestrian manager and manager of concert; J. H. Shields, manager of sideshow and announcer. B. F. Gollmar, secretary and treasurer; Garnel Bros., triple bars; Slackey, wire; La Martino, juggler; Burnello Bros., brother act; Billie Milligan, singing and talking clown; Fitzgerald and King, clowns and song and dance; Eddie Dell, contortionist; Four Gilliam Family, clowns, trapeze, slack wire, contortion and juggling; Dartell Bros., flying return act and double and single trapeze; C. C. Matthews, cloud swing; Jessie Dair, flying trapeze and Japanese perch; Joseph Parsons, four horse, principal, two horse carrying and hurdle riding; Madam Lambkin, female principal riding act; Miss Parsons, female principal; Elfonzo, barrel kicker; the Four De Ormer Bros., leapers and tumblers; La Flin(?), with eight assistants in band No. 2(?); Prof. Charles, with fourteen assistants, in band No. 1; Chas. Barr???, boss canvasman, with twenty-five assistants; J. H. Allen, boss hostler, with twenty-four assistants and seventy-five head of stock; Geo. Green, assistant hostler; and Glen W. Shaw, cook tent, with eight assistants. Our trained horses and ponies are very much improved this year, and our dog acts will be doubled. Everything is new, and we will have the neatest, cleanest and, by all odds, the best wagon show ever seen in the West. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
    1892: Call. Gollmar Brothers' Great United Shows. Billposters report at Baraboo, Wis. April 30(?), musicians and concert people report May 9 for rehearsal. All performers and others report May 11. Wanted, two cornet players, also chandelier man. Gollmar Bros., Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 112.
    1892: Joe Garnel, triple horizontal bar performer, goes with Gollmar Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.
    1892: Wanted, for Gollmar Bros.' sideshow, magician that can do Punch and Judy. Write Baraboo, Wis., show opens May 14. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 143.
    1892: Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus. May 14 was opening day for the Gollmar Bros.' Show at Baraboo, Wis. The show has been greatly enlarged in every respect. The brigade ahead has been doubled. Special paper is the rule, with three kinds of heralds. More stock, both ring and draft, larger menagerie, more educated animals, more wagons, another band, a magnificent band chariot and several new and costly cages mark the growth of success. All the wardrobe and trappings are new and elegant. The sideshow, under the efficient management of J. H. Shields and son, Arthur, is a winner. The performances, both circus and concert, are sensations. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 194.
    1892: Gollmar Bros.' notes. The show has once more landed in Iowa, where the sun shines and business is booming. At Darlington, Wis., C. C. Matthews was severely injured while presenting his feat of cloud swinging, owing to the breaking of the ropes. He fell a distance of 30(?)ft. to the ground, but no bones were broken. Mr. C. will be ready for his acts in about another week. Despite poor roads and bad weather, the canvas has been crowded. The band has been enlarged to twice its former size. Prof. Bartell(?) is the leader. Billy Milligan(?) left for Chicago June ?, and James King takes his place. Jessie Dair, flying perch and trapeze, captured the attention of the immense crowd under the tent. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.
    1892: Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are now in our fifth week of prosperous business, and despite the rainy season and bad roads, everything about the show looks as bright as a gold piece. On June 3, at Darlington, Wis., we played against the W. B. Reynolds Show. C. C. Matthews, while doing his swings, was thrown to the ground, a distance of twenty feet, striking on his head and shoulders. Shortly after the accident the gray haired gymnast reappeared and received an ovation. With this exception everybody is enjoying good health. The roster: Gollmar Bros., sole proprietors; B. F. Gollmar, treasurer; Fred Gollmar, advance manager; J. C. Gollmar, chief of brigade No. 1, with twelve men; Claude Gollmar, chief of brigade No. 2, with eight men; Chas. Gollmar, equestrian director; W. S. Gollmar, manager of concert; Arthur Gollmar, of the front door; Joseph Parsons, Clarinda Lawanda(?), Harriette Lamkin(?), J. W. Parson and Harry Lampkin, Jessie Dair, C. C. Matthews, Eddie Dell, Garnell Bros., James King, James Fitzgerald, La Martino, Gillian Family, Dartelle Bros., Three Barnello(?) Bros. . . . Jessie Dair . . . Jno. Bartlette, Martino, Jas. Fitzgerald, Jas. King, Frank Lowery, Fitzgerald and King, J. H. Shields and son managers, Capt. W. A. Baum . . . Rowley and Col Picket. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.
    1892: Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Circus. Business is very good. No accidents have occurred since C. C. Mather's [sic?] fall. Everyone is glad to see this Nestor(?) of aerialists so rapidly regaining his former agility. Now that the time has arrived for a just estimate of the performance, it is very pleasant to realize that the twenty two acts are features all through, and that the discriminate is nearly impossible. At last the weather is favorable, and the prospects are very inviting. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.
    1892: Notes from the Gollmar Bros.' Show. Notwithstanding the rain and muddy roads, we are doing our usual large business. Our two bands are a strong feature of our parade, and our performance is running smoothly. Slackey's wire act is a hit. Joseph Parsons, Mlle. Lambkins . . . and Little Harry Lambkins are doing some excellent riding. . . . Joe Garnell's bar work is wonderful. James King is now doing prinicpal clown. Eddie Dell and Mabel Gilliam's serpentine twists are catching. All hands are in good health and are sending home "blue paper." New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 276.
    1892: Notes from the Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are now on our tenth week of good business, and our show runs like clock work. Chas. A. Gollmar's troupe of educated ponies and mules are working nicely. W. S. Gollmar's educated canines are a strong feature. La Martino is doing a fine juggling act. Lydia Gilliam does a nice balancing trapeze act. O. C. Matthews is working in his old time form. Jessie Dair's aerial work is clever. La Gerald does a fine club juggling act. Chas. La Role's dancing barel and tale is a hit. Jas. Fitzgerald does good work as ringmaster. La Martion does a fine juggling act. Fitzgerald and King's knockabout act goes with a vim. Dartelle Bros.' flying act is marvelous. The Three Garnello Bros. do a fine brother act. We have a strong ring show, twenty-four acts, embracing fifteen fine riding acts, etc. J. H. Shields and son have a strong annex. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.
    1892: Wanted, wagon show, cages, animals, musicians, performers. Mason City, Aug. 6, Petersburg 9, New Berlin 11. Gollmar Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 352.
    1892: Wanted, for Gollmar Bros.' Shows, 2 or 3 cages with animals at once, cheap for cash or will rent same. Want musicians for Bands No. 1 and No. 2. New Berlin, Ill., Aug. 10, Girard 12, Road Hosue 15. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 370.
    1892: Notes from the Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are doing excellent business, and our performances are running smoothly. Joseph Parsons, Clarinda Lowanda, Mlle. Lambkin and Little Harry Lambkin are receiving high praise for their daring feats of equestrianism. Mme. Parsons makes a find display with her four horse tandam and manege act. Slackey is doing the wire act of his life. . . . Eddie Dell does a splendid contortions act. Mabel Gilliam does a pretty wire act. La Martino does his juggling in Japanese make up. The Gilliam Family in posturing are clever. C. C. Matthews has discarded his sailor dress for tights. Jessie Dair's aerial changes are a novelty. Our clowns, James King, Walter Gollmar, Frank Gilliam . . . Chas. A. Gollmar has added two more horses to his troupe of equines. Arthur Gollmar is sporting a new diamond pin, a birthday present. B. F. Gollmar says the ticket wagon is the coolest place around the show, because he gets his daily perspiration baths. . . . Fred C. Gollmar is routing us in a good territory. Lillie and Annie Gollmar are making us a short vis. Everything about the show looks bright, and all hands are enjoying good health. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 372.
    1892: Roster of Gollmar Bros. Show: Gollmar Bros. sole proprietors; B. F. Gollmar, treasurer; Chas. A. Gollmar, manager; W. S. Gollmar, equestrian manager; A. H.(?) Gollmar, manager of concert; Fred O. Gollmar, general advance manager; J. O. Gollmar, chief of brigade No. 1, with twelve men; Claude C. Gollmar, chief of brigade No. 2, with eight men; Arthur Wilkson, boss hostler, with thirty men; Chas. Barrett, master of canvas, with twenty-five men; Glen Shaw, candy stands; Prof. Reese(Reece?), leader of band No. 1, with the following men: J. H. Herbert, B.(R.?) A. Saunders, F.(P.?) Fagle, J. O.(C.?) Harris, Chas. Foster, S. A. Jacobs . . . John White, F. Foster, Chas. Painter, Fred Martino and Frank Ross. Prof. Marale(?), leader of band No. 2(?), with the following men: Frank Camo, Geo. Bass, Jas. Robie, Joseph Mackey . . . M. C. Girard, Frank G. Rawley and H. R. Decker. Performers: Joseph Parsons, Mlle. Lambkin, Clarinda Lowanda, Harry Lambkin, Geo. Harkey, Eddie Dell, C. C. Matthews, Jessie Dair, Joe Garnell, Fred La Martino, Walter Gollmar, C. A. Gollmar, Edwins S. Pearl, Jas. Fitzgerald, Jas. King, Mme. Parsons, Mlle. La Marr, Dartelle Bros., Three Barnello Bros., Chas. La Role, Mabel Ross, Mme. Fernando and Mons. Kingley. Concert people: Mrs. C. C. Matthews, Mabel Ross . . . La Martino, Frank Roe, and Fitzgerald and King. Annex: J. H. Shields & Son, managers; Mrs. J. H. Shields, Herr Bland . . . Mario Chief, Mme. Fargat, Prof. Walters, Mlle. Walters and Artie Shields. Last week we received four new cages of aimales. Harkey made his debut as a clown last week. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.
    1892: Edwin S. Pearl, slack wire and aerial performer, is with the Gollmar Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 438.
    1892: Items from Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are now in our nineteenth week and doing good business. Everything about the show is in good condition. At Cartersville, Ill., we had a pleasant visit from Charles and Henry Ringling, and Mrs. Chas. Ringling. The Gollmar Bros. and Ringling Bros. winter their shows at Baraboo, Wis. There is no connection between them in business matters, only in relationship, they being cousins. Our season will probably close the latter part of October, and all hands are making arrangements for the winter. Joseph Parsons, Mme. Parsons and Harry Lamkin will probably go to Cuba, he and C. C. Matthews and Jessie Dair having a good offer from a Southern Show. Joe Garnell(?) will work dates. La Martino goes out with a combination. Fitzgerald and King have a good offer to go south, but will not accept, owing to King's injuries which he received at Carlinsville, Ill., by falling from the bars. He was obliged to return to his home, at Hoosick Falls, N.Y. Oscar L. Cole, contortionist, will work the leading vaudeville theatres this winter. J. H. Shields, wife and son will also go to Central Aamerica with their own show. In fact every performer and musician have secured engagements for the winter. C. C. Matthews is doing his classical swings as the outside attraction. Our annex has been greatly enlarged. Mrs. J. H. Shields being the feature, with her eight performing serpents. Our show will be enlarged for next season. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 488.
    1892: [Ad] America's marvelous equiponderator and juggler, "La Martino." Just closed with Gollmar Bros.' Shows. Address care of Clipper. New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 533.
    1892: For sale, at a bargain. A complete circus outfit for sale, consisting of on 80(?)ft. tent with __ft. middle piece, __ft. walls with poles, stakes, ropes, etc., complete, __ lengths seats, lights, marquee, only used four months, one trick pony, one trick mule, five trick dogs, one ring horse, four good cages with animals, two band wagons, one fo the finest wagon show band wagons, ticket wagon, dog wagon, baggage wagons, etc.; wardrobe, fixtures, etc. The more complete wagon show ever organized. One 30ft. dressing top, __ head of draft horses and harness complete. Sold separate or altogether at a wonderful bargain if taken at once. Address G. G. Gollmar, Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, November 12, 1892, p. 582.

    1893: W. D. Ament, Mexican Billy, has secured the side show privileges with Gollmar Bros.' Circus for next season. New York Clipper, January 21, 1893, p. 734.
    1893: The Gilliam Family have signed with the Gollmar Bros.' Circus, producing bounding rope and flying trapeze, which they are practicing at their winter quarters, Springfield, Mo. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.
    1893: Dr. Harry Brady(?) has bought a one-third interest in W. D. Ament's sideshow, and together they will take the sideshow privilege with the Gollmar Bros. Show next season. . . . New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 5.
    1893: Roster of Gollmar Bros.' United Circus and Menagerie: Gollmar Bros., sole proprietors; C. A. Gollmar, manager; B. F. Gollmar, front door; Fred C. Gollmar, general advance manager; Claude C. Gollmar, chief of bill brigade No. 1 with twelve men; E. C.(?) Gollmar, chief of brigade No. 2 with eight men; Prof. C. F. Shaw, leader of band No. 1 with the following musicians: C. H.(?) Johnson, A. H.(?) Jackson . . . Jas. Maskin, John Curdy, M. E. Mann and Geo. Rawley; C. A. Estabrooke(?), leader of band No. 2 with the following men: C. H. Franklin, Wm. Otter . . . Chas. Fitzhugh, W. M. Cline, Frank Munroe, F. R.(K.?) Malcomb . . . Performers in big show: Frank Gilliam, Lydia Gilliam, Mabel Gilliam, Primorse Gillian . . . W. A. Gollmar, Fitz. Gerald, C. A. Gollmar, Prof. Bates, Jas. La Roe . . . Durand Sisters, Jas. La Gerald, Mabel Call, Fred Markham, Darnelle Bros., Lydia Markham and Billy La Role. Concert people: Gilliam Children, Billy Baker . . . Frank and Lydia Gilliam . . . Annex people: W. D. Ament and Harry Brady, managers . . . Mexican Billy, Harry Brady, Lotta(?) Walters, Lulu A. Munroe, Prof. Elder, Mme. Elder . . . The show has been enlarged with several new cages, etc. They opened their season May 15(?) at Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
    1893: Wanted quick, for Gollmar Bros.' Shows. Cornet players . . . trained horse acts and a couple more people. Also boss canvasman, boss hostler, quick. Wire or write to Kilbourn City, Wis., June 1?, Reedsburgh 1?, Wanowoc 13(?). Permanent address Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 226.
    1893: W. R.(?) Brown(?) (Australian Billy) joined the sideshow with Gollmar Bros.' Show at Monticello, Wis., as door talker and ticket seller. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.
    1893: Items from the Gollmar Bros.' Shows. We are now in our ___ week of prosperous business. . . . The Gilliam Family's posturing and aerial flights are clever. Chas. A. Gollmar's educated ponies and mules are a pleasing feature. . . . Jas. Fitzgerald . . . Dartelle Bros. flying return act meets with approval. Durand Sisters' statuary is something new in this country. Prof. A. A. Bates and his horses and dogs work well. Our clowns, Walt Gollmar, Frank Gilliam(?), Harry Brady(?), Primorse Gilliam, Geo. Markham(?) and Chas. La Role, keep the audience in good humore. Our annex is a good addition and worthy of mention. It is handled in good shape by managers W. D. Ament and Harry Brady. The rifle shooting by Mexican Billy is certainly clever. . . . Our two bands, under the leadership of Prof. C. F. Shaw and C. A. Estabrook, are strong features of our parade. Frank Myers, boss hostler with thirty men, is keeping the show in fine form. H. W. Southard, boss canvas man with twenty-five men gets the white tops up in good shape. Everything around the show looks neat and clean. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.
    1893: Notes from the Gollmar Bros.' Circus. We opened at Baraboo, Wis. June __ and have played to fine business ever since. We have not lost a stand nor had a losing day. Mrs. J. Gollmar and daughter and two sisters paid the show a pleasant visit last week. . . . Our worthy advance agent, Fred Gollmar, was back with the show last week for three days. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.
    1893: Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are doing an excellent business and our performance is running smoothly. Harry and Dolly Emmings(?) joined us June 23(?). Miss Emmings does a manege act. The serpentine dancers, Mabel Gilliams(?) and Fred De Belle, are surprising. Fred Gilliams' bounding rope act is a real piece of work. Harry De Belle's aerial work is good. Lydia Gilliams introduces clever feats of equilibrium in mid air. Chas. La Role is making a hit with his dancing barrel . . . Walt. Gollmar is riding in fine form. Fred Barlow is doing an excellent principal and four horse riding act. Jas. Fitzgerald juggles anything from a toothpick(?) to a Kerocene lamp. Chas. A. Gollmar's educated ponies and dogs are working nicely. Dartelle(Bartelle?) Bros. are on the bars. In fact, everything about the show is running in good shape. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.
    1893: Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Show. We experienced the first blow down of the season on July 15, at Livermoore, Ia., just as the evening show was about to commence. A terrific wind and rain storm came up without a moment's warning, the canvases commenced to sway to and fro, and the horses ran madly through the tents. Amid the screaming of women and children and the roaring of the caged beasts, Mr. Gollmar warned the audience to pass out as quick as possible, but so intense was the excitement, they paid no heed to the warning. Finally the side walls were blown up and they made their escape. Then came a terrible crash. The menageries, side show, big main top, dressing rooms and horse and cook tents were leveled to the ground. Not a human being or animal was injured and the damage to the show property is nothing to speak of. Before and after the tornado some of the situations were laughable. In face of all the danger, J. C. Gollmar was trying to hold the marque [sic] with one hand and the ticket box with the other hand. He lost his grip and away it went. Chas. A. Gollmar was trying to do a perch act on a quarter pole, but gave up in despair. A. H. Gollmar was saturated with red lemonade. Walt Gollmar had to go to the hotel enveloped in a barrel, B. F. Gollmar was riding around in the ticket wagon looking for a dry place; he had plenty of "dust" in the wagon. Jas. Fitzgerald made the longest leap of the season, landing in a puddle of mud, dressed in his best suit of tights. Harry and Dolly Emmings passed by the hotel several times before they discovered the entrance. Frank Gilliam, with his whole family on his shoulders, did a nice carrying act. . . . W. E. Jackson stopped on the way several times to light his pipe. All that could be seen of George Shumway was his white pants. E. F. Shaw came running into the hotel with a piece of music in one hand and a stake in the other. Frank Dickson came in with a pedestal under his arm, thing he had his bass horn. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.
    1893: Gollmar Bros.' Circus advance No. 2 visited the grave of "Yankee" Robinson at Jefferson, Ia., on Saturday, July 23(?). The grave was found in excellent condition. It is located on the Masonic lot, the highest spot in the cemetery, and is marked with a fine brown granite monument, erected by the Sells Bros. and Ringling Bros. The advance is now eleven days ahead of the show and is favored with the finest of weather. New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 346.
    1893: Notes from Gollmar Bros.' Show. We are now in our fifteenth week of prosperous business, and our performance is running smoothly. The De Belle Bros. are making a hit in their aerial flights. The Gilliam Family's posturing act is novel. Dolly Emmings does a splendid menage act, and is making a hit. Walt Gollmar, in a new version of the January act, keeps the audience in laughter. Chas. A. Gollmar's educated dogs, ponies and horses are a pleasing feature. Jas Fitzgerald does some artistic feats of juggling and equlilbrism [sic?]. The Durand Sisters, in statuary, are unique. Fred Barlow, bounding jockey and principal rider, is doing some clever work. Dartelle Bros.' flying return act is marvelous. Chas. La Bole(?), with his barrel, table and cross, is graceful; in fact, everything is going nicely around the show. Our annex is under the management of George Hall. Our band is making a hit under the direction of bandmaster Harry Emmings. Mr. and Mrs. Skinner and grandchildren paid the Gilliam Family a visit last week. New York Clipper, August 26, 1893, p. 394.
    1893: Items from Gollmar Bros.' show. We are nearing the close of the most successful season this show has ever had. Since our opening, May 15(?), we have only one losing day, and the white spectre has never failed to perambulate. Carpenters are busily engaged erecting new buildings at our winter quarters at Baraboo, and the show will be greatly enlarged during the coming winter. Next spring will find us one of the neatest and best equipped shows in the West. Nearly all performers and musicians that intend working the coming winter have secured engagements. The Do Belle Bros. have signed with the World's Fair Co. The Gilliam Family contemplate putting out their own show. E. A. Esterbrook goes to Brandon, Vt. Henry and Dolly Emmings will winter at Clinton, Ia. Mr. Emmings will be busily engaged breaking new horses for manege and tandem riding. Jas. Fitzgerald will return to his home at Hoosick Falls, N.Y., and will add new features to his novel equilibristic juggling act. . . . W. D. Jackson returns to Monroe, Wis.. Ned Barlow and Durand Sisters go to South America. Dartelle Bros. play dates. Mrs. O. C. Gollmar, daughter and son, paid us a brief visit last week. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 463.
    1893: The Gollmar Bros. closed their circus season Sept. 28. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 499.
    1893: . . . Wanted, boss hostler, canvas man, boss property men, chandelier, etc. Privileges to let. Gollmar Bros.' Great Shows, Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, November 25, 1893, p. 616.

    1894: James Fitzgerald, equilibristic juggler and club tosser, has signed with Gollmar Bros.' Circus, making his third season with that show. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 753.
    1894: Wanted! People in all branches of the circus business, double traps, bars, brother act, etc. All people must do two or more turns. Also __ billposters, billposter to take charge of bill wagons, boss hostler. Sideshow to let. . . . Address Gollmar Bros.' Great Shows, Baraboo, Wis. New York Clipper, February 3, 1894, p. 780.
    1894: Shaw's Silver Cornet band goes with the Gollmar Bros.' Circus, making their second season with that show. The following musicians have signed: Prof. C. F.(P.?) Shaw . . . Harry S. Wald, H. H. Young, Clark McGovern and E. Y. Hodge. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.
    1894: James King, singing and talking clown and comedian, has re-engaged with Gollmar Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.
    1894: James Fitzgerald, equilibrist, juggler, club manipulator and comedian, and James King, clown and comedian, have again joined hands after a separation of two years, and have signed with Gollmar Bros.' Circus, making Mr. Fitzgerald's third season and Mr. King's second with that show. New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 37.
    1894: Roster of Capt. Stewart's New York Zoological Garden and Boston Dime Museum: Capt. Stewart, proprietor; Doc Filley, manager; Mrs. Capt. Stewart, secretary and treasurer; Prof. Gillespie, with his talking figures; G. W. Wertel, fire king; Walter Lyons, one man band; Orkes(?) Amberg, Mrs. Helen Marr . . . and den of large snakes. Capt. Stewart will use two brand new tents. Everything is new from stakes to centre pole flag. This will be the museum or sideshow with the Gollmar Bros. Circus. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 53.
    1894: The Merediths, Albert and Marguerite, aerialists and Mexican knife and battle axe thrower, have signed with the Gollmar Bros.' Circus for this season. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 53.
    1894: Call. All people engaged for Gollmar Bros.' Shows will report at Baraboo, Wis. as follows. Musicians May _, drivers and canvas men May 6(?), performers, etc., May 9(?). Sideshow privilege to let. Wanted sideshow paintings, also sideshow people. Show opens at Baraboo, May 12(?). Gollmar Bros. Shows. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 128.

    1900: Roster of Gollmar Bros. two ring circus and menagerie. Gollmar Brothers, proprietors; C. H. Gollmar, manager; B. F. Gollmar, treasurer; F. C.Gollmar, advance manager; W. S. Gollmar, equestrian manager; E. Jamison, contractor; Frank McCort, manager of annex; H. Sylvester, program privilege; D. C. Hall, cook house privilege; Ed Maller [Malier?], candy stand; George Shumway, boss butcher; Chas. Williams boss canvasman on big top; Curly Maine, boss canvasman, menagerie top; Frank Ford(?), boss property man; George Dicks, boss wardrobe man; Tim Buckley, boss elephant man; Jack Jordan, boss animal man; Jack Katen, boss hostler; Frank Leavey, leader of band No. 1; J. G. Norris, leader of band No. 2. Performers: John Rooney and Willis Gollmar, somersault riders; Herr Drayton, cannon ball; Harry Brandon and Otto Weaver, wire walkers; George Parento, high ladder and pyramids; Walt. Gollmar, trained pigs; Shaw Brothers, double aerial act; Mrs. Harry Brandon and May Lano, jugglers; Fred. and Walter Shaw, single trapeze; Parento and Weaver, balancing trapeze; Drayton and Lano, foot juggling; Rooney and Willis Gollmar, jockey riders; May Lano and Wm. Danzell, hurdle and four-horse riders; Barndown, Shaw, W. R. Ward and George Vase, clowns; Walt. Gollmar, James Fitzgerald, John Rooney and Willis Gollmar, ring masters; Prof. Buckley, educated elephant "Palm." In the annex are Frank, Jessie and Vivian McCort, Madam Mandell and Prof. Dan C. Hall. Opened at Baraboo, Wis., May 5. Billboard, June 2, 1900.

    1912: Show Notes. One of the features of the Gollmar Bros.' side show this season is James Harris and his band of eighteen colored musicians and minstrel show. Mr. Harris has eighteen first class colored musicians. They give an entertainment that is second to none. Chas. Bell is manager of the uptown wagon this season, featuring the big three-in-one show. Flora Bedini is doing a principal act with the show. The Walter Guice Troupe aerial bar performers, is one of the features of the show. Margurite Driesback and her troupe of lions, eight in number, is also featured In the big show. Business through Nebraska is the oiggest in the history of the show. Fine weather has prevailed at every stand. New York Clipper, June 15, 1912, p. 11.

Note: also see Gollmar, Robert H., My Father Owned a Circus, Caldwell, ID: Caxton, 1965.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Jas. W. Goodrich Shows - 1898, 1900-1902

    1898: Wanted, for Jas. W. Goodrich's Wagon Shows for season of '98. Performers in all branches of the circus profession. . . . Leader of band . . . musicians, trap drummer, tec. First class contracting agent, billposters, programmers, boss hostler, boss canvas man, . . . chandleir man, property men, cooks, waiters, etc. Sideshow people of every description, write. . . . Sideshow and all privileges to let if a fair proposition is offered. . . . Address Jas. W. Goodrich . . . Bridgeport, Conn. New York Clipper, March 5, 1898, p. 15.

    1900: A two-car railroad show. Opened at Weston, West Virginia, April 28, and appeared at Clarksburg, West Virginia, April 30. West Virginia: following Grafton, May 1; to show at Newburg, May 2; Kingwood, May 3. Maryland: Oakland, May 4, Western Port, May 5. Billboard, May 1, 1900.
    Notes from the Jas. M. Goodrich Shows, which opened the season at Western (Weston?), W. Va., April 28, to packed houses afternoon and evening. Everything with the show is new from the bale ring to cook house, and looks as bright as a dollar. Goodrich's stock of trained horses and ponies are in the pink of condition. . . . The band is under the leadership of Jack Hoffman, with the following men: Harry Hart, G. A. Hoffman, O. Heckler, J. W. Beckler, J. W. Goldworth, F. Bonestead, R. Fagley, Fred Whitlock, Billy Smith and H. Willard. Performers: Three Rexfords, the Russells, Maud Mardo, Fred Ho?mer, Nierhart Bros., the Queens, Honmer Hall, Bella Goodrich, James Goodrich, Harry Marshall, Jack McDon?al. Tents and cars under the management of Bill Parker. New York Clipper, May 19, 1900, p. 268.
    Jas. W. Goodrich writes from Bridgeport, Conn., that he has been up against the weather harder than he ever was in his life. He says he has had eight blow-downs since July 1. He has also had his seats fall down twice. He has closed for eight days to fix things up. Two friends are aiding him to get sufficient horses to put the show back on wagons. The railroad show (two cars) ws not a success. Billboard, August 18, 1900, p. 5.
    Notes from the Jas. W. Goodrich Mammoth Wagon Shows. After laying off at the Winter quarters for two weeks, reorganizing, we opened Aug. 19(?) at Seymour, Ct. Roster: Jas. W. Goodrich, proprietor and manager; Alf. Southbey, treasurer; ??? secretary; Jack Russell, equestrian director; Joe Horner, charge of concert; Tomm(?) Jerome, reserved seats; J. J. Jerome, ringmaster; Pat McGin, boss canvas man, twelve assistants; ???, hostler, nine assistants; Slim(?) Charlie, boss of properties, three assistants. Performers: ???, acrobats and perch; Wilson and ???, triple bars; Joe Horner, principal talking and singing clown; J??? Russell, trained giraffe; Mons. Merril, contortionist and rings; Paul Merrill, single traps; ??? and ???, double traps and loop walking; ??? ??? slack wire. Jas. W. Goodrich, manage horse Dan(?) and talking pony Lillie(?); Horner(?), Russell(?) and Merrill, clowns. New York Clipper, September 22, 1900, p. 663.

    1901: Great Goodrich Shows . . . Harry Thurston, mgr. New York Clipper, March 23, 1901, p. 88.
    W. F. Parker (W. P.?), boss canvasman . . . G. H. & S. S. Co., P. O. Box 531, Bridgeport, Conn. New York Clipper, April 6, 1901, p. 135.
    The Goodrich, Hoffman and Southey shows will pitch their tents on the Hotchkiss field, Saturday, April 24, two performances daily afternoon and evening This aggregation is the largest wagon show on the road has 200 men, women and horses everything new and dazzling There is a host of male and female performers The proprietors of this big institution are James J Goodrich, L W Hoffman and H G Southey all Bridgeport men Mr Hoffman known as Lew Hoffman, formerly resided in Naugatuck, has branched out in the show business, and anything that Lew Hoffman takes hold of has got to move. The show is known as the Goodrich shows an old fashioned one ring show. Free menagerie and Roman hippodrome , 33 wagons and cages. Don't forget the day and date 25 cents admits to all. Daily News (Naugatuck, CT), April 20, 1901.
    Notes from the Goodrich Shows. - We opened our season in Bridgeport, Ct., April 23(?), to the capacity of the canvas, and, while the show has encountered pleant of rainy weather, the business has been such that it will leave a considerable amount on the right side of the ledger. This season the show is featuring the hippodrome races, and the various participants enter into the sport with a dash and vim that imparts to the races an enjoyable excitement. The show is new from marquee to dressing room, carries ninety people, and has severnty head of stock and ten cages of animals. The roster: Jas. W. Goodrich, manager; A. G. Southey, treasurer; Louis Hoffman, press; Chas. W???, jockey act and equestrian director; Nicholas Caballos, high wire; Mrs. Caballos, single traps; Pearl Foster, principal riding act; Alice Bradley, menage act; Al. Heinz(?), head balancing trapeze; Mons. La ???, contortionist; Mr. Go??win, talking and singing clown, Homer ???, Shakespearean jester; Joe Horner, cloud swing; Kendrick Bros., aerial bars; Haines Bros., return act. Manager Goodrich is introducing his trained ponies and dogs to good results. Al Merr??w has charge of the band of fourteen musicians. William Parker has charge of the canvas; T. Clark, charge of the stock; Paul Heinrick(?) has charge of the culinary department; Harry Thorston has the side show and is featuring the half man and half horse. New York Clipper, May 25, 1901, p. 279.
    Alice S. Bradley is doing her ??? act with her beautiful horse, . . . and driving an exciting Roman chariot race with the Goodrich Shows. New York Clipper, July 13, 1901, p. 421.

    1902: Wanted for the Goodrich Railroad Shows, triple horizontal bar act . . . rider to do hurdle, . . . The Goodrich Shows. New York Clipper, May 24, 1902, p. 301.
    Wanted. For the Goodrich Shows, circus people in all branches of the business, good triple bar act that can double, revolving latter, double traps, perch act, wire act, brother act, tuba and B flat cornet for band. The Goodrich Shows, Hartford, Conn. New York Clipper, June 7, 1902, p. 341. Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gorman & Boone's - 1897

    Gorman & Boone's Arena of Trained and Wild Animals opened on Vanity Fair, Centennial Grounds, Nashville, Tenn., May 1, and caught on quick. The crowds on the grounds are small, but we get more than our share. The man in white appears, and as a result everybody is happy. Col. Boone is without dought making the hist of his life in his wonderful lion act. Miss Dodo Boone, his little daughter, made her initial bow as a lion tamer, and was a success from the first step, although the Colonel had to interfere at times. The show is in nice running order. Some changes may be made, but the Summer arrangements will be as follow: Executive staff: J. Anthony Gorman, proprietor and manager; Col. S. Daniel Boone, animal king; Mrs. J. A. Gorman, treasurer, P. A. Phelp, lecturer and arena announcer; W. H. Bishop, speculator; J. Newt. Bronson, musical director; J. H. Cahill, superintendent animals; Harry Barrow, properties, with four assistants; Grant Reed, head usher, with three assistants; Ed. Masterman, carpenter; Ed. Summers, head cook, with second and third; James Lawson, head waiter, with three assistants; J. Newton Bronson, band master; J. H. Smith, Oval Hart, A. Balue, Preso Rice, George Stout, S. H. Bonebrake, Oscar Stark, Bul Weber, Ariel Stephens, Ed. Karst, Joe a. Shondel, Mlle. Carlotta, lion queen; Baby Cyrene Gorman, with birds, dogs and kangaroo; Dodo Boone, lions and tigers; C. A. Georanni, performing cockatoos and geese; Monza Farrene and his monkey circus; J. Anthony Gorman and his performing bears, sea lions and wolf hounds; Miss Dodo, trained elephants, and J. E. Cahill, dogs and goats, and Col. E. Daniel Boone with his pets, the den of Nubian lions and a troupe of Siberian wolves. New York Clipper, May 22, 1897, p. 186.

Note: see Col. Daniel Boone's Show.

Researcher note: J. Anthony Gorman was my great grandfather, Molly (Mrs. J. Anthony) Gorman my great grandmother and "Baby Cyrene Gorman" my grandmother. Attached is a photo of the train car which they used with advertising on the side. J. Anthony is at the front of the car, coat-less, in white with suspenders. I assume Col. Boone is to his right (left in the photo). Mrs. J. Anthony Gorman is on the platform at the very front with the flowered hat on and "Baby Cyrene" is in the dog cart toward the rear of the car. As far as I know, that is the Gorman's only experience with circus animal acts. Most of his career was creating sets for various World's Fairs. Mike Morrison, Oceanside, CA

Information should be checked with additional sources, especially routes. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

G. G. Grady's - 1870

    G. G. Grady's Old-fashioned American Circus. Mad. Marie Macarte, from the Cirque Napoleon, Paris. The pride of the Haute Ecole of Europe. Mrs. G. G. Grady with her Arabian steed, Wild Fire. Mlle. Blanch Macarte, recently from Ashley's Amphitheatre, London. The Miller Brothers, renowned Trapeze Performers, Tumblers and Leapers. Belmont Brothers, from the Hippodrome der Koenig, Berlin, Prussia, champion Tumblers of the world. Chas. Covelli, character equestrian as wild Comanche Indian, shipwrecked Sailor, Old Spivins, Pete Jenkins. Frank Morgan, tumbler and acrobat. Geo. Andrews, contortionist, or India Rubber Boy. Don Pedro Martinez, champion juggler of America. 4 Great Clowns, G. G. Grady, Charles Covelli, Charles Grady and Lew Ginger. Defiance (OH) Democrat, August 6, 1870. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Grant's - 1891

    Wanted, for Grant's Monster Shows, people in all branches of the circus business, male and female riders with their own stock. Female aerial acts, bar team, brother acts. Clowns, concert people that can double drums, musicians that can double orchestra, troupes of performing horses or ponies, and dogs. Show opens in Chicago, May 11. Would buy eight or ten good flashy band uniforms. Address J. W. Brownlee, manager, ___ Clark St., Room _, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 148.
    The following people are in the concert with Grant's New Colossal Shows: John J. and Florence Murray, Max William, Master Furgerson, Kershaw Sisters and Baby Venus. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.
    It is reported that throat and lung troubles have forced Mlle. Barretta, the iron jaw lady, to retire from Grant's Circus. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.
    1891: John J. Murray has been given the third degree as member of Aldine Lodge, K. of P., at Chicago. Mr. Murray is at present playing principal clown with Grant's Circus. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 296.
    1891: Wanted for Grant's New Colossal Shows, for fall and winter season. Performers in all branches. Also sideshow curiosities. Will buy for cash or rent, ten or more cages, elephant, camels, lions, tigers, etc. Also want sleeping, flat and box cars. Address J. W. Brownlee, care Central Printing Co., ___ Monroe St., Chicago, Ill. Would like to hear from Wm. Ryan, Frank Bruce(?), Frank Bliss(?) and Edgerton Sisters. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 340.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gratham's - 1892

    Prof. John A. Morris has secured the sideshow privilege with Grantham's Circus this season, and will furnish the following features: Prof. Morris, magician and vertriloquist . . . Happy Jack's Punch and Judy, a cage of monkeys, a trained deer, the happy family . . . The season opened April 1?, and will last six months or longer. This is the tenth season of this show, and everything was in good shape for the opening day. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

Note: also see New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 280.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gray's Great Eastern - 1893

    The Great Eastern Old Fashioned One Ring Wagon Show will take the road from Willimantic, Ct., May 1, under the management of J. H. Gray, now manager of Loomer's Opera House. . . . ___ and Sam Johnson have already signed. The admission will be twenty-five cents. New York Clipper, New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 766.
    1893: Wanted for the Great Eastern 25c Show. An old fashioned overland one-ring 25c show with 112 head of stock, 9 cages, 90 foot top with one 50 foot middle rise and 50 foot sideshow. I want people in all branches of the business except riders, as they are already signed. No privileges for sale and no fakirs wanted. I want one good chandelier man that understands putting up tents. People that can not do three or tour turns don’t write. Save your postage. I open my season May 15, and the season will be short as I am still manager of the Loomer Opera House. . . . Address James H. Gray, Manager, Willimantic, Conn. Billposters address F. H. Gallup, Sideshow people, Jack Spencer. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 16, cited in White Tops, Vol. 17, Nos. 5-6 (Apr-May), 1944, p. 21.
    A good hearted circus owner promises a season of about three months (May 15 to August 1), to those who can and will do three or four turns . . . New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, cited in White Tops, Vol. 17, Nos. 3-4 (Feb-Mar), 1944, p. 16.
    The Great Eastern Show has collapsed after being out only eight days. At Somerville, __, May 18, the tent was demolished during a heavy storm and several people were injured. Manager Gray settled all bills and brought the tour to an end to avoid further trouble. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great American - 1892 (A. H. Schlange)

    The Great American Combined Shows started out of New Orleans April _, and did good business until they arrived at Star(?), La., where they encountered a cyclone and lost everything. Harry Little was hurt, and Fred G. Adkins(?) had his leg and arm broken, and lost his instruments. The injured will be sent to Donaldsonville, La., where the show will go up. It is run on the commonwealth plan, and consists of two flat boats and a tug. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.
    A. H. Schlange has bought the Great American Circus and in connection with Prof. Joseph Gomez(?), balloonist, will put it on the road in first class shape on June 9(?). The show will carry thirty-five people, fifteen head of stock and a band of twenty pieces. . . . New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.
    1892: Wanted, for the Great American Circus, in connection with Prof. Joseph Gomes, World's Greatest Aeronaut, and Balloon Co., people in all branches of the circus business except riders, that can do more than one turn. Show opens June _. Also wanted, a troupe of performing dogs and goats. Wanted, musicians, and also two leaders; also concert people and five more aeronauts and twenty billposters. No fares advanced to anyone. Address A. H. Schlange, Springfield, Ill. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 188.
    Harry and ___ Brandon have signed with the Great American Circus. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 194.
    The Great American Circus, in connection with Prof. Joseph Gomes' Balloon Co., opened at Springfield, Ill., June 9, to crowded tents. The outfit consists of one 90(?)ft. round top, with two 40ft. middle pieces. The roster: A. H. Schlange, proprietor; Joseph Gomes, manager; Charles Lennox, treasurer; Charles Price and Ed. Hendley, privileges; Harry Brandon, Mrs. Brandon, Ida Showers, Ollie Young, J. H. Walker, C. Werner, Bob Cole, Phillips and Nannon(?) . . . Lee Maxey, Wm. Brewer and Prof. Oatman and wife. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.
    Wanted, for Great American Circus, people in all lines of the circus business, except riders. Write Danville, Ill. June 16, 17, 18, Lafayette Ind. June 20, 21, 22. Also troupe of performing dogs and ponies. A. H. Schlange. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 242.
    On the road, circuses: Great American, Lafayette IN June 22. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 248.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Eastern Circus - 1889, 1896

    1889: List of some of the well known and wonderful performers now with the Great Eastern Circus: Ramalo Brothers, the celebrated and daring acrobats; Charles Lane, the modern Hercules; Harry Helmes, the Japanese Juggler, Tony Mason and Willie Chase, two of the most noted and comical clowns in existence. Madame McDonald, the equestrianne, Felix McDonald, the bold and fearless bare back rider; Saint Arno, the Egyptian wire walker, who has no equal in the world; the Saint Belmas in their wonderful leap for life, through a hoop of fire; Cunningham, the contortionist, who is conceded to be one of the most complete in his line at the present day, and a host of others, too numerous to mention. The above aggregation is known as the Barnum of all one ring circus, which is due to the fact that whenever it has appeared the press and public have been unanimous in its praise, in pronouncing it equal to the best, for its fine ring performance. [Note: show was in Appleton July 20, 1889.] Appleton Crescent (Appleton, WI), July 20, 1889.

    1896: Great Eastern notes. This show will take the road early in the Spring, greatly enlarged in many departments, with thirty head of working stock, a new 80ft. round top, 40ft. middle piece, . . . and a new 20x40 dining top. The band will number ten people, and will be featured. Balloon and parachutes jumps for outside attraction, also Prof. Ed. Brown in perilious high dives. A number of last season's people have already signed. Eddie La Barre will manage the show, and the Great Eastern will be one of the best 25 cent shows in the field. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great London - 1891

    ___ Leon, one of the proprietors of the Great London Circus, was arrested at San Francisco last week on a charge of felony embezzlement. ___ Van Sickle, one of the partners in the business, was the complaining witness. It appears that Leon perceived that the circus was going to result disasterously, and, in order to protect himself, he took three horses and a ___ organ as his share of the proceeds. New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 22. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Northern - 1893

    Great Northern Circus wants circus people in every branch of the business, equestrian director, aerial team, riders, contortionist, clowns, etc., band leader and musicians; also side show and concert people, boss canvas man, chandelier man and property man. Show starts from Northern Wisconsin about middle of May. Address H. C. Besse, No. 628 Vliet Street, Milwaukee, Wis. King Sarbro, Frank De Morra, Morris Moore, Eugene De Marble, write. New York Clipper, February 11, 1893, p. 794. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Pacific - 1894

    Great Pacific Consolidated Show. George Cash, manager, opens the season at Santa Monica, Cal., May 12. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 102. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Western - 1893 (Schoenhert)

    1892: Wanted, circus people in all branches, for 1893. Address Great Western Circus, Falls City, Neb. Gus Schoenhert, manager. New York Clipper, December 24, 1892, p. 680.

    1893: These people have signed with the Great Western Circus: Wm. Door and family, Geo. P. Kuhn and W. H. Donley. New York Clipper, January 21, 1893, p. 734.
    1893: Wanted, people in all branches of the circus business. Also musicians (cornets), and advance men. Write quick. Open in Falls City, Nebraska, July 4, 1893. Gus Schoenhert, manager. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 261.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Western Olympic - 1893

    Notes from the Great Western Olympic Show. This show will open about the middle of May, at Apponaug(?), R.I., with an 89ft. top, with two 40ft. middle pieces, and will travel by wagon. Everything is being painted red, from stakes to band wagon. Proprietor Martine Le Roy recently returned from Ohio with some new stock, and the ticket and advance wagons. The following people have been engaged: Prof. A. L. Hamler's band and orchestra, Jim Rice, Finner and Dalton, the Three Jacks, Wm. Hoyt, Ollie Olsen, May Lathrop . . . Tom M. Ford in advance. New York Clipper, February 18, 1893, p. 800. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Great Western Olympian - 1890

    Wanted, for the Great Western Olympian Show, circus people, male and female, in all branches (except riders), also specialty people for concert. . . . Also leader for band. Address Prof. Lorenzo, Newark, N. J. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 833.
    Frank Cotton(?), the clown, with his two performing donkeys, Tom and Jerry, has signed with the Great Western Olympian Show. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 861.
    Wanted, musicians, for the Great Western Olympian Show. Can use more people, male and female, in all branches of the circus business. Also good advance man. Sideshow privileges for sale. Prof. Lorenzo, __ Belleville Avenue, Newark, N. J. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 865.
    The complete make up of the Great Western Olympian Show is: S. Alexander, proprietor; Prof. Lorenzo, manager; George Closson, general agent; Wm. Johns, boss property man; Wm. Scanlan, boss canvas man; Frank Cotton and his troupe of performing donkeys, Tom and Jerry . . . Robert Lawrell . . . Billy Stevens; Hamilton Bros. . . . Billy Johnson . . . The show will travel by rail . .. and will take the road about May 7.(?) New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 75.
    Call. All people engaged for the Great Western Olympian Show. Report at South Amboy, N. J., May ?. Wanted female specialties for concert, serio comic, good song and dance ladies, etc. Address Prof. Lorenzo, Newark, N. J. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 95.
    Notes from the Great Western Olympian Show. Our season opened at South Amboy, N. J., May ?, and was a success in every way. Prof. Lorenzo, manager, and asst. manager Alexander . . . Equestrian director Frank Cotton, and his trick donkeys, Tom and Jerry, were the hit of the show. The three Miller Bros. created a very favorable impression. . . . New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.
    Frank Cotton(Cotten?), who was with the Great Western Olympic Circus, which went to pieces last week at Bayonne City, N. J., reports that all demands made by him on the box office were honored. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 226.
    Wanted, for the Great Western Olympian Shows, performers in all branches, band of six pieces, hustling agent, boss canvasman, troupe of dogs & ponies, etc. All performers must double. Address W. H. Rice, Plainfield, N.J. Also wanted, complete set of lights, quick. . . . Partner wanted with the above amount with a Circus. Third interest and $25.00(?) per week salary. Address W. H. Rice, Box __, Plainfield, N.J. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 260.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gregory Bros. - 1884

      Gregory Bros’ New Metropolitan Allied Shows. Officers: C. J. Gregory, sole proprietor and manger; William Gregory, assistant manager; Frank C. Cooper, general agent; A. J. Faust, assistant agent; John Skelton, boss billposter; William Nunn, leader of brass band and orchestra, 12 in number; master of canvas, H. Journo; master of properties, W. Carpenter; candy privileges, A. H. Donahue; manager sideshow, Signor Sautelle; concert owner and manager, C. J. Gregory. Clowns - C. J. Gregory, Tommy Nichols and F. Avalo. Company - Gymnasts, acrobats and leapers, Gregory Bros., Malcolm and Belfored, Avalo Bros., Roland and King, William Martin, T. J. Nichols, Delia Gregory, Raymond Sisters and Jennie Rose. Any Sweeney, modern Hercules and cannon-ball performer. Number of tents, 2; circus tent 100 ft. round top; museum tent 75 x 100 ft. oblong; Winter quarters, Royal Oak, Mich.; cars, 6 (5 baggage and one passenger). New York Clipper, May 3, 1884. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gregory, Merritt & Co. - 1886

      C. J. Gregory has taken Frank Merritt into partnership, and their sow will be styled the Gregory, Merritt & Co. Corcus. They carry a 100 ft. canvas, with a 50 ft. middle piece, and new band and other wagons, traveling by railroad and playing week stands. The people so far engaged are Geo. Gregory, James Gregory, John Flynn, Tom Haley, Nilsoni, Delia Gregory, Bessie Gregory, Didy Dows, C. J. Gregory and Frank Merritt. They open May 1. Mr. Merritt was one of the gentlemen who ran the museum at Detroit, Mich., last season. New York Clipper, April 3, 1886, p. 36. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gregory & D'Alma - 1889, 1890

      1889: Following is the roster of Gregory & D’Alma’s Great International Circus and Museum: Gregory & D’Alma, proprietors; John D’Alma, business manager; C. J. Gregory, general director; Frank C. Cooper, general agent; George Baird, treasurer; John N. Russell, equestrian director; Chas. Chardella, boss canvasman, and fifteen assistants; Milton Barger, boss hostler and twelve assistants; Jos. Hunter, advertising agent and six bill posters. Company - C. J. Gregory, Geo. Gregory, Harry D’Alma, Blair Livingstone, Lorado, Avalo Bros., Fred Sewell, Chas. Malcolm, Bruce Clark, Kennedy and Barton, Maud D’Alma, Delia Gregory, Lottie D’Alma, Emma Barger, Bessie D’Alma, Mlle. Anna and Little Kitty, Maud D’Alma, principal bareback rider; Chas. Livingstone, Bessie D’Alma, John N. Russell, principal clown; Fred Sewell, John D’Alma and Chas. J. Gregory, clowns; Lottie D’Alma, school of educated ponies and dogs; Chardella and her educated donkeys, and John D’Alma’s clown trick pigs. Concert - John N. Russell, Maude and Bessie D’Alma, Fred Sewell, John Barton, Avalo Bros. and Delia Gregory and Lottie Newton. Outfit - Forty head of horses and mules. Canvas- 90 ft. round top with a 40 ft. middle piece. Museum - 40 ft. round top with a 30 ft. middle piece. Dressing room top - 50 ft. round top and two horse tents. All the privileges are owned and controlled by the management. New York Clipper, August 3, 1889.
    1889: More About the Flood at Parkersburg. A press dispatch from Parkersburg, W.Va., says: "Further details of the disastrous flood in Wirt county have been received. . . . A circus was showing on Tucker creek when the cloudburst struck that section. The flood struck the show just after the performance began and tore the canvas to shreds, utterly wrecking and ruining the whole concern, carrying off horses, wagons and tents. Miss D'Alma, who performed on the trapeze was drowned. It is reported that some employees also lost their lives, but the whole section of country where the misfortune occurred is still in such a state of confusion that it is impossible to get full particulars. Saulsbury, on the Big Tygart river, is virtually wiped out of existence. The News (Fredrick, Maryland), July 29, 1889.
    1889: Splinters from Gregory & D’Almas’s Circus. The show is now on its fifteenth week of unbroken prosperity. Business, notwithstanding the fact that early in the Spring we played two weeks in the vicinity of Johnstown, and had rain for thirty-one successive days in Pennsylvania and Maryland, the show is away ahead on the season. The result during our thirty-two stands in Ohio and West Virginia, has been fair. Rain and floods played havoc in West Virginia. Owing to the floods the show lost two stands recently. Prof. Baker’s band is making a great hit. John N. Russell left the show at Jackson C. H. Otherwise there has been no changes in the company since the opening. We have only three more stands in West Virginia, and then back into Pennsylvania, where the show will be greatly increased in size. It is the intention of the management to do Dixie this winter, traveling by rail. New York Clipper, August 17, 1889, p. 372.

    1890: On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: D'Alma's, Attica, O. Dec. 4, Bloomville 5, New Washington 6, Ada 11, 12. New York Clipper, December 6, 1890, p. 611.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Gregory & Belford's - 1892

    Wanted, for Gregory & Belford's New Wagon Show, performers in all branches of the circus business. Musicians, four and six horse drivers, boss canvasman, property men, two cooks, canvasman and agent. Also concert people and billposters. Sideshow and all privileges for sale. Show opens at Royal Oak, Mich., April 30(?). Address Gregory & Belford, Royal Oak, Mich. New York Clipper, January 30, 1892, p. 790.
    Chas. J. Gregory, of the Gregory Bros., gymnasts and managers of the Gregory Bros.' Circus, a creditable wagon and railroad show during the season of 1882-3-4-5-6, has joined hand with Geo. W. Belford, a well known circus performer, in the organization of a first class wagon show, which will begin operations at Royal Oak, Mich., April 31(?) under the name of Gregory & Belford's Circus. A strong list of performers will be secured. They will use a 100ft. round top tent, a ?0ft. middle piece, and extra large museum top and a ?0ft. dressing room top. Sixty head of splendid draught horses, ten new baggage wagons, band wagon, ticket wagon, two tableaux cars, four passenger coaches and four buggies will constitute the rolling stock. A big feature of the show will be a grand equestrian spectacle, on which George Belford is now hard at work. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 827.
    Chas. J. Gregory, of the Gregory Bros. gymnasts, and managers of the Gregory Bros.' Circus, a creditable wagon and railroad show during the seasons of 1882-3-4-5-6, has joined hands with Geo. W. Belford, a well known circus performer, in the organization of a first class wagon show, which will begin operations at Royal Oak, Mich., April 31(?), under the name of Gregory & Belford's Circus. A strong list of performers will be secured. They will use a 100ft. round top tent, a __ft. mille piece, and extra large museum top and a __ft. dressing room top. Sixty head of splendid draught horses, ten new baggage wagons, band wagon, ticket wagon, two tableaux cars, four passenger coaches and four buggies will constitute the rolling stock. A big feature of the show will be a grand equestrian spectacle, on which George Belford is now hard at work. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 827.
    Gregory Bros. & Belford's Circus will employ . . . Edward Godfrey, Wm. Phelps . . . the Wards, the Belfords, Gregory Bros., Mlle Cooper, Chas. Gregory, Delia(?) Gregory . . . F. C. Cooper . . . Prof. Beckley and others. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.
    Wanted, for Gregory & Belford's All New Shows, people in all branches of the circus business, gymnasts, acrobats, concert people and musicians, boss canvas man and other good, useful people. All engaged with this show report not later than April __. O. V. Burr telegraph. Gregory & Belford, Royal Oak, Mich. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 108.
    W. D. Ament will have the sideshow privilege with the Gregory & Belford Circus this season. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.
    1892: Wanted, Gregory & Belford want musicians and circus acts of all kinds, boss canvas man and boss hostler. Address Eaton Rapids, Mich. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 224.
    Notes from Gregory & Belford's Circus. Bad roads, wind, rain and mud have conspired against us ever since the opening, which occurred at Royal Oak, Mich., April 30; but a carefully and well selected route shows a balance on the right side of the cash account, business having been good even in the hardest rainstorms. We have had two blow downs, at Royal Oak, Mich., and North Adams; luckily, no one was injured. The following is the roster: C. J. Gregory and George Belford, proprietors and managers; Frank C. Cooper, business manager; John Fitz, equestrian manager; George Gould(?), treasurer; Jack McLain, manager of privileges; Fred Ward, layer out; Geo. Gregory, mail agent; Jas. Ward, steward. Performers: Gregory and Fitz, horizontal bars; Geo. and Mollie Belford, aerialists; Chas. La Verne, principal clown; Harry Godfrey, flying perch and slack wire; Della Gregory, juggler; Jennie Smith, balancing trapeze; Chas. J. Gregory, dancing barrel, ___ and table; Three Milan Bros., acrobats; Jennie Basco(Rasco?), principal rider; Geo. Belford and Pete Jenkins. Features: Chas. Gregory's stud of performing horses, Mollie Belford's troupe of trained dogs . . . Capt. Bartlett's Wild West, assisted by the Bartlett family of sharpshooters. Concert: the Wards, sketches; Jennie Seymour, song and dance; Chas. Gregory, song and dance; Frank La Verne, orator, and Geo. belford, black face specialty. Band and orchestra: Prof. Norton, leader; Chas. King, Jas. Seabright, Chas. De Long, Wm. Brady, Frank Whitney, Jas. West, Harry Colton and Fred Wright. Advance: . . . Sam Daniels, contracting and press agent; F. C. Cooper, press agent with show; and John Capron, advertising agent with eight billposter. Outfit: big top 100ft. round top, __ft. middle piece, 50(?)ft. dressing room, museum top 40x__; three twenty horse tents. . . . John O'Keefe, boss hostler. Sixty head of stock are with the show. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.
    For sale, complete circus outfit. One elegant band wagon, baggage wagons, __ft. round top canvas, with 40(?)ft. middle piece. It is complete to set up from the flags to the stages. Good set of lights, also three trick horses, horse troughs and a leaping tick and other show property. Will sell all together or separate. Address C. J. Gregory, Roal Oak, Michigan. New York Clipper, October 15, 1892, p. 519.
    Scribner & Smith's management have purchased several wagons from the C. J. Gregory Show. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 624.

    1893: Chas. J. Gregory, of the Three Gregory Bros., was a Clipper caller Nov. _. Mr. Gregory was manager of the Ada Dixon Co. last season. He had intended putting a show upon the road this season, but has postponed the venture on account of dull times. He and his brothers are now playing dates. New York Clipper, November 11, 1893, p. 576.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

H

Haag's European - 1894, 1896

    1894: Roster of the Grand European Pavilion Show: E. Haag, proprietor . . . Bert King, advance with three assistants; Fred O'Brien, equestrian director . . . J. R. Nelson . . . Master Willie Murry, Claude Williams, Chas. King . . . We have been out eleven weeks. Our new band wagon arrived April 20(?). New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.

    1896: Haag's European Show closed at Winter quarters, Oberlin, La.(?) Harry Rhodes will remain there and take charge when show opens, about March 1. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hagenbeck Circus - 1906

    . . . The Carl Hagenbeck circus is a new circus, . . . The Carl Hagenbeck greater shows offer a three ring circus with two elevated stages, an aerial enclave and a big steel arena in which the wild beasts perform. Five acts are shown in continual operation in each display, and twenty displays are given in which over 800 performers, animal and human, take part. . . . The Hagenbeck trained wild beasts are known the world over, and many of them are even more clever than their human brothers. . . . The Hagenbeck family has supplied every zoo, circus and menagerie for many past generations. Daily Gazette and Bulletin (Williamsport, PA), May 3, 1906.

    $5,000,000 CIRCUS MERGER. New Orleans, La., Nov. 6 - Frank R. Tate of St. Louis, is here in the interest of a giant circus merger, it is understood will mean a combination of all the big shows in this country, backed by a European syndicate. Carl Hagenbeck is said to be the principal figure in the consolidation. The capital of the syndicate is estimated at $5,000,000. The plan is to consolidate the Big shows of this country and Europe and guarantee 10 per cent profit on all the American shows. Mr. Tate said Carl Hagenbeck had started the movement for the organization of the syndicate, but declined to discuss the matter any further. Chillicothe (MO) Morning Constitution, November 7, 1906.

    Ringlings Buy Show. Sale of Hagenbeck Show Gives Them Control of Business. Chicago, Dec. 6. - On the purchase yesterday of Carl Hagenbeck's trained animal circus, the Ringling Bros. will be able to dominate the circus business of America. Hagenbeck's circus is now in its winter quarters at New Orleans, but the deal by which Ringling Bros. secured control of the big collection of trained animals was consummated at Baraboo, Wis., winter quarters of the Ringling Bros' show. The financial consideration was not made public but that it was large may be understood from the fact that it requires a monthly expenditure of $72,000 to maintain in winter quarters the three shows now controlled by Ringling Brothers.
    It is the intention of the new proprietors of Hagenbeck's circus to double the collection of trained animals and put the show on the road next season entirely independent of Ringling Bros.' circus, except that it will be under the same management. The same company now controls the Forepaugh-Sells circus, which has winter quarters at Columbus, Ohio.
    Under the plans proposed by the new proprietors the Hagenbeck show will next season give employment to 1,150 persons and will require eighty rail road cars to transport it through the country. . . . Iowa Recorder (Greene, IA), December 12, 1906. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hagenbeck-Wallace Circus - 1912

    Newark, New Jersey, June 7, 8. . . . Carl Hagenbeck and B. E. Wallace's sterling shows were exhibiting, giving four performances, all being to capacity. The organization is as large as any of its class seen in the East . . . "Uncle" Ben Wallace was seen by The Clipper representative, and wore his usual hearty smile. The show opened some time ago in Peru, Ind., and has had excellent business at each stand . . . The street parade is without a doubt as magnificent a pageant as ever given here. In putting out the show "Uncle Ben" must have thrown economy to the wind. The costumes are all new and very showy, the wagons newly painted; in fact, everything about the show has the appearance of being new.
    The concert given by Park B. Prentiss and his Military Band was a noteworthy feature and attracted considerable attention. The official announcer, Bert Cole, was a busy man, being called upon to announce many feature acts, and could be heard in all parts of the tent very clearly. The program as presented included the following: Mrs. Bedini, with her Liberty horse and troupe of dogs; Lloyd's dogs, a splendid big animal act, presented by Louis Roth; the Van Diemans and the Four Fredericks, in a butterfly act; Jack Wardon and Jack Murray, with their performing elephants; Mrs. Bedini and her troupe of ponies; Capt. Pickett's seals; Mrs. Roth and her troupe of leopards; Lil Kerslake's pigs, and Mary Connors, with dogs and ponies; comedy acrobatic acts were given by Rice, Bell and Baldwin. Hesses Comiques, Four Rooney Comrades, and the Kennard Bros. Trapeze and aerial acts were given by Leach-La Quinlan Trio, Aerial Patts, Annie Connors, Cecil La Fortuna, Lukens Duo, Alex. Brisson, and Quinlan's slide for life. The riders included: M. Connors, Olga Reed, Lulu Davenport, Rose Meyers and Mrs. Roth. Nellie Lloyd, the Cevenes, the Nelsons and the Leach-La Quinlan (Quinian?) troupe, in sensational wire act; Mr. and Mrs. Thalaro's dogs and ponies, and a troupe of Polar bears performed by Mr. Roth. Contortion and ring acts were given by Prechett and Luster, the Great Stantz, De Koks, Ardell Bro., Patt and Patt, the Brissons and the Nelsons. Riding acts that attracted considerable attention were performed by the Great McCree, Davenport Troupe and the Connors. The acrobatic features were the Lukens, Original Nelson Family, Singer Bros., the Tasmanians, and the De Koks.
    One of the biggest features of the show was given by the Lloyd Family (six in number) consisting of an Indian riding spectacle. It was an original piece of business, and made a big success. All appeared in handsome Indian costumes, making a striking picture. The tricks they performed stamped them all experts, the applause at the finish of the act being loud and long. The menage acts in the three rings and on the hippodrome track, in which about fourteen artists appear, was also a big feature. A sensational and a most original performance was given by Miss McDonald, who made her appearance in an elephant 'menage" act on the trunk, putting the beast through the usual menage stunts and also executing several new ones. It was a wonderful piece of work, aud was heartily enjoyed by the large audience, judging from the amount of applause she received. The Golden Troupe of Russian Dancers next appeared, and the different dances of their country was cleverly demonstrated by them, with much success. The Flying Lukens, in a very sensational flying act, brought the spectators to their feet many times, with their thrilling and death defying work. A comedy mule act that caused considerable laughter was shown by Joe Litch and Joe Coyle. The hippodrome races were very much enjoyed, and brought the long and meritorious program to an end.
    The clowns, about thirty in number, cut up capers throughout the whole entertainment, and presented some very original ideas. The side show, which is under the personal direction of J. E. Ogden. with Bert Chipman as assistant, presents a very pleasing appearance, and is getting a big share of the business.
    Hagenbeck-Wallace Notes. Gill Forepaugh, Addie Forepaugh, Mr. and Mrs. Robt. Stickney, Jr., . . . Mrs. James De Mott were visitors at Camden, N. J., June 3. L. W. Heckman is now newspaper contractor in advance. Frank O'Donnell is special story writer and press representative ten days ahead of the show. . . . Doc Ogden has charge of the side show. . . . B. E. Wallace has fully recovered from two painful abscesses, one on his cheek, and the other on left hand. New York Clipper, June 15, 1912, p. 11. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hall Circus - 1886

    The Hall Circus is now on its fourth year's tour, not having closed for three years, running both Summer and Winter, and just having arrived from a four months' trip through Mexico. The following is a complete roster: G. W. De Haven, sole proprietor and manager; G. W. De Haven Jr., treasurer; Tony Ashton, equestrian-manager; D. N. Hitchcock, general-agent, with six assistants; J. J. Rosbach, manager of canvas and Hotel De Haven; W. W. McVey, assistant-canvasman, with thirty men; Frank Deno, superintendent of animals; Ed. Murray, master of properties; John Gregs, master of train; Ben Stevens, chandelier-man; Lem Sidwell, leader of band, with ten men; Chas. Gardner, manager of annex. Performers — Alton and Brazill, De Haven and Costello, Skid Wood, Bert Whiting, Frank Brice, Peter Boylan, Wood Sisters, Cornallo Bros., Madame Silvo, Tony Ashton, Jos. Donnelly, Ashton's dog-circus. Concert — Ed. Lawrence, Jos. Livingston, Chas. Bachtel, Wood and Ashton, Mlle. Zeozoneti, Maude Allen and Frank Williams. The menagerie consists of ten cages, elephant, camels and a pair of sacred cattle. The show is transported by five cars and one advance-car. New York Clipper, May 22, 1886. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Chas. Hall's - 1891, 1893-94

    1891: Will W. Brown has been re-engaged for Chas. Hall's New Shows. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.
    1891: Wanted, for Chas. Hall's New Railroad Shows, people in all branches of the circus biz, band of 6 mouth pieces, concert people, chandelier man. Address Chas. Hall, Evansville, Rock Co., Wis. Bob Wise, write. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 796.
    1891: Roster of Chas. Hall's New Railroad Shows: Chas. Hall, proprietor and manager; D. H. Gillespie, treasurer; Frank Wilder, advance with three assistants; Prof. E.(?) G. Ogden's band of eight pieces; Will W. Brown; Castello and Lorette; Geo. Wilson and wife; Robert and Condon . . . Chas.(?) Leslie . . . Geo. Motz, clown and manager of concert; Charlie Watson, boss canvasman with eight assistants and Frank L. Lewis, chandelier man. The canvas: main tent ___ft. with 12 paintings. The management runs all privileges. The show opens at Evansville, Wis., April 30(?). New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.
    1891: Wanted, for Chas. Hall's Shows, performers in all branches of circus business except riders. People doing two or more acts preferred. To join at once. Telegraph as per route. Houghton, Michigan, June 22 and 23 . . . Calumet 25 and 26, Red Jacket, Mich. 29 and 30. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 261.
    1891: Notes from Chas. Hall's New Colossal Show. Business through the upper penninsula of Michigan and Wisconsin has been good. At Iron Mountain our manager, Chas. Hall, received a diamond ring and gold headed umbrella as birthday gifts. The roster: Chas. Hall, manager; W. W. Brown, treasurer . . . F.(?) Bates, contractor, with five assistants . . . Ed. Roberts, Castello and Johnson . . . Ed. Shafer . . . Harry Bailey, Fred Howard, Carrie Howard, Mme. Howe, Frank Macart and wife, Ada Long, Prof. Church, leader of band, with ten musicians; Chas. Watson, in charge of canvas, with fourteen assisstants. We use three cars, and the gentleman in white never fails to appear on Sunday morning. Mr. Hall's father, known as Pop Corn George, paid us a visit at Iron Mountain, and remained until after July 4. The show will be enlarged for a trip South. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 312.

    1893: Wanted, for Charles Hall's New Colossal Shows, male and female equestrians, aerial artists, gymnasts, acrobats, man with performing dogs, ponies and mules and artists in every branch of the circus profession. Musicians, for and six horse drivers, animal men, chandelier men, contracting agents and bill posters. Write Milt Rogers, general delivery, New Orleans, La. . . . Performers and all others address Chas. Hall, Evansville, Rock County, Wis. N.B. Burt Mayo please write. New York Clipper, January 14, 1893, p. 731.
    1893: Roster of Charles Hall's New Colossal Shows. Chas. Hall, proprietor and manager . . . T. C. McDonald, general agent . . . Frank MacCart(McCart?), manager sideshow . . . Frank Wilder, manager of privileges. Performers: Frank and Jessie McCart(MacCart?), Castello Family, Ed Roberts . . . Millard Filmore and wife . . . Minnie Davis, Ra?? and Martin, Chas. Skinner, John Perry . . . Geo. Davis and Prof. MaCart's(?) troupe of educated poies and mules. Side show: . . . Prof. McCoy's marionettes and Punch; Prof. Wallace, magician; the Grey Family, musical wonders . . . Chas. Masters, superintendent of canvas; Jack O'Brien, master of stock . . . Will McDowell, boss propertyman; C. E. Frank, charge of advertising brigade, with ten billposters . . . The show will open season at Evansville, Wis., April 29(?). New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.

    1894: Wanted, for Chas. Hall's New Colossal Shows. People in all branches of the business. Musicians for band and orchestra, agent, bill posters, boss canvas man, boss hostler, four, six and eight horse drivers. . . . All others address Chas. Hall, Evansville, Wis., Rock Co. Side show privilege and candy stands for rent. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 760.
    1894: Notes from Charles Hall's New Colossal Shows. Everybody is busy getting things ready for the opening date, May _, at Evansville, Wis. The show travels by wagon, has sixty-five head of stock, a __ft. round top with a 40(?)ft. middle piece for the menagerie, a 40(?)ft. dressing room, two __ft. horse tents, and one 30x40ft. cook tent. . . . Geo. Warner as assistant, with ten bill posters. Performers: Del Fuego and wife . . . Ed. Roberts, Sig. Moncayo, Bernard Orton, Myrtle Day, Pierre and Briggs, Millie Ida Showers, Johnson and Warner, Del Fuego, equestrian director . . . M. B. Cook, superintendent of candy stands, concert and reserved seat tickets; C. E. Jordan, side show privilege with six people . . . Frank Robinson, boss hostler . . . and Henry Newton, superintendent of cook house. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 5.
    1894: Del Fuego(?) and Myrtle Day have just closed a three month's engagement at the Wonderland, Milwaukee, Wis., and go with Chas. Hall's Circus. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 68.
    1894: Call. All people engaged for Chas. Hall's New Colossal Shows report at Evansville, Wisconsin. Performers report Friday, May 1(?), musicians report May 3(?). Address Chas. Hall, Evansville, Wis. Musicians address Chas. Skinner, Evansville, Wis. P.S. Wanted, knockabout clown, one that works in concert preferred. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 92.

Note: also see “Setting Straight the Hall Circus Titles,” Bob Parkinson, Bandwagon, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Jan-Feb), 1975.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

George W. Hall Jr.'s - 1891, 1893-94

    1891: Wanted for Hall, Hammond & Winship's(?) Great Double Shows, Museum and Trained Animal Exhibition. People in all branches of the circus biz. do two or more acts. Musicians that do concert turns. Curiosities for sideshow, etc. Wagon show, no fares advanced. Reserved seat, candy stand and other privileges for rent. Address G. W. Hall Jr., general manager, Evansville, Wis. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 763.
    1891: . . . Hall, Hammond & Winship's(?) Great Double Shows . . . Among the museum(?) attractions are Prof. Hall, with his school of trained animals; Master Frankie Hall(?), with his den of performing snakes and crocodiles; Little Grace Hall, illusionist; Prof. Champion, Punch and Judy, and ventriloquist. The show goes by wagons, and carries thirty-five(?) head of horses. . . . New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 5.
    1891: Geo. W. Hall Jr. opened his fair ground shows at Jefferson, Ia., Aug. 18(?), consisting of two tents and twenty paintings. The entire company visited the grave of the veteran showman, Yankee Robinson. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.

    1892: For sale cheap, sideshow tent . . . 20 paintings and ? drums. Also want to buy, 70 or 80 foot round top in good shape. Address Geo. W. Hall Jr., Evansville, Rock Co., Wis. New York Clipper, January 30, 1892, p. 788.

    1893: G. W. Hall Jr.'s Great Trained Animal Shows closed a successful season Oct. _ of twenty-six weeks. Business was big from start to finish, the banner day of the season being Oct. 4, at West Bend, Wis. The roster of the company was: G. W. Hall Jr., owner and manager; Mrs. L.(?) Hall, treasurer; Master Frank Hall, Hindoo mystery; Little Gracie Hall, snake charmer; G. W. Hall Jr. and E. E. Pettengill, lecturers; Fred Knoll, boss animal man, and Rice's Jubilees(?), six in number. G. W. Hall goes out this winter with a store(?) show. E. E. Pettengill goes in advance of ___ Reno's Bright Lights. Fred Knoll and Rice's Jubilees go in Milwaukee for the winter. The man in white appeared regularly every Sunday morniing. Little Gracie Hall met with quite a severe accident during the last show on the last day, falling from the elevated stage and breaking her arm. New York Clipper, October 21, 1893, p. 526.

    1894: Roster of G. W. Hall's Great Trained Animal Shows and American Museum: G. W. Hall Jr., proprietor and manager; Mrs. Lydia Hall, treasurer; E. E. Pettengill, general agent with four assistants; Frank Hall, with his school of educated animals, consisting of trained ponies, pigs, geese and bears; Little Gracie Hall, the infant snake charmer, with her den of performing snakes and alligators. Prof. Albert Hall, Maurice La Belle, R. Lee Metcalf, Frank A. Wilson, Theo. Graupner, C. J. Hudson, Creto and Prof. Frank Dixon's uniformed band, consisting of eight pieces. The show will travel by wagon, carrying thirty head of horses, an eighty foot round top, with a thirty foot middle piece, and a thirty foot dressing room, horse tent twenty-eight by fifty foot, sideshow thirty by sixty-five feet, with fourteen Tucker paintings. Fred Knoll, boss canvasman, with eight assistants; C. A. Bussiau, boss property man, with two assistants; Fred Champion, in charge Hotel de Hall, with two assistants . . . and Harry Long has charge of the sideshow. The wagons are in the paint shops, receiving their finishing touches. Everything will go out brand new. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.
    1894: R. Lee Metcalfe writes that he has signed with the Scribner & Smith Show, and complains that his name was recently published in the roster of the Geo. W. Hall show. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.
    1894: Wanted for G. W. Hall Jr.'s Great Trained Animal Shows, B flat cornet and double on first violin in concert, also performers in all branches, must do two or more acts. Address Geo. W. Hall Jr., Evansville, Rock Co., Wis. Also want to buy small troupe of trained dogs. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 96.

Note: also see “Setting Straight the Hall Circus Titles,” Bob Parkinson, Bandwagon, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Jan-Feb), 1975.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hammond Bros. - 1891

    Wanted, for Hammond Bros. & Welch's Mammoth Circus and Pavilion Shows, a few more people in all branches of the circus biz. Bar team and brother act, aerial team, concert people that play drums, ladies with acts for ring. Band, dog, goat and pony show. Privileges for sale. Wagon show. Opens may 15(?). . . . Address Manager J. A. Hammond, N. ___ Academy Street, Janesville, Wis. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 126.
    1891: Hammond Bros. Circus opens its season May 21, the advance starting out seven days ahead under the direction of Max Rolley. Among the people engaged are Reves and La Barge, Freddie Maxwell, Daisy Raymond, Clara Bell, Sheriden and Mulligan, Prof. H. Snider’s Dog Circus, Robt. McCounkey, Prof. Sharp’s Silver Cornet Band, James Cullen, Etta Nathen, Al. Winship, Geo. Buckner and Benj. Clark. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 169.
    Call. All people engaged for Hammond Bros. Mammoth Circus report for rehearsal at Janesville, Wis., May 30(?). Also want few more people for big show and concert. J. A. Hammond, manager, ___ Academy Street, Janesville, Wis. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 178.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Haraden’s 10 Cent Show - 1914

    Personnel: C. F. Haraden (Dad); Aleen Haraden; Miss Nellie; Mrs. Myrtle Zento; Mrs. Billy Jones; Mrs. Billy Ward; Mrs. Archie Fourniea; Winnie Ward; Mrs. Ollie Hamilton; W. E. Bean, band leader; Ollie Hamilton; Cleo Hamilton; Oscar Sullivan; Great Zento; Archie Fournies; Billy Ward; Tom Oleson; Robert Shugart; Henry M. Bird; Billy Jones. Circus Report, Vol. 3, No. 18 (May 6), 1974, p. 2 of supplement. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hargreave's Circus - 1907

    Hargreaves Misses Stands. During the matinee performance of the Thomas Hargreaves Circus in White Plains, N.Y., on April 29, 1907, the reserved seat sections collapsed and injured a number of people. As a result the circus packed up and moved out as quickly as possible. Thus it was that the circus train of 6 flats, 3 stock cars and 5 sleepers arrived in Pittsfield, Mass., two days ahead of their advertised dates.
      The show leisurely put up their bigtop, menagerie, side show, freak top, cookhouse, dining and dressing tents. Then since all was in readiness, it was decided that the show would open the night before the advertised opening, thus allowing for three performances in this city. Each of the shows was well attended and received. Unusual animals in the show’s program included a large elephant, a musk ox, mule and a camel. Twenty-seven wagons were required to carry the show and these were all well painted and lettered. - From Don Marck’s Note Book. Bandwagon, Vol. 6, No. 2 (Mar-Apr), 1962, p. 13.

    The advertising car of the Hargreave circus was in town Saturday. The spectacle of bill posters hanging paper for a tent show in the midst of a blinding snow storm, as was the case Saturday, was something of a novelty. Daily Kennebec (Maine) Journal, May 13, 1907. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harper Bros.' Big Railroad Shows - 1889 - 1894

    1889: Harper Bros.' Circus, summer season of 1890. Wanted, acrobats of all kinds, tumblers, leapers, trapeze, contortionists and riders of all kinds. Must have horses. Also a few more concert people. P. N. Harper, ___, Montana. New York Clipper, December 7, 1889, p. 655.

    1890: Wanted for Harper Bros. Circus, summer season 1890, first class performers in all branches of the circus business. Would like trick donkey and educated horse. Also all kinds of educated animals. Would like a few more good concert people. . . . Mr. S. Shaw, Worcester, Mass. Wanted __ billposters, also boss canvasman. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 800.
    1890: Wanted for Harper Bros.' Circus, first class performers in all branches of circus business. P. S. Would like a trick donkey and performing pony; also educated horse. Show takes the road May 12. Address our agent Mr. N.(?) Shaw, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 92.
    1890: Tom Harper(?) is spending a few weeks at the home of his parents, near Orchard Place, Ill. He is organizing a ten cent circus, to take the road early in June. The following people have thus far been engaged: Zilla . . . Harry Buckley . . . Le Page Sisters, Jarvis Granville . . . Riley Bros., M. Manuel and Prof. William Riley's band and orchestra. The show will travel by rail through Illinois, Wisconsin and Iowa. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.
    1890: P. N. and D. J. Harper are organizing a tent show to take the road early in June. They purchased a lot of circus property of Manager Geo. M. Batcheller, of the Musee, last week, consisting of tent poles, seats, lights, flags, tools, etc., and the walls of an eighty foot tent. New York Clipper, May 20, 1890, n.p.n.
    1890: Providence, Rhode Island. It seems that the Harper Bros., who purchased a lot of circus paraphernalia of manager George H. Batcheller two weeks ago, got into financial difficulty before reaching their first stand, which was to have been Clinton, Mass. The property, which consisted of tent poles, twenty-five lengths of seats, lights, band uniforms, flags, chain-ropes, tools, the walls of an eighty foot tent, etc., was conveyed from this city to Worcester, Mass. by wagon. On his arrival in Worcester the teamster demanded the amount due him for transporting the property, and, the money not being paid, he started with his load to return to Providence. On reaching Woonsocket he was intercepted by an officer, who, in behalf of the attaches of the show, place the property under attachment. Manager Batcheller says that he was paid ___ in cash and a check for $75(?), which he finds to be uncollectable. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 195.
    1890: Wanted for the Harper Bros. European Circus, performers of all kinds. Riders, leapers, bar performers, acrobats, aerial artists . . . trained dogs, ponies, goats . . . Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, December 27, 1890, p. 671.

    1891: Notes from Harper Bros.' Circus Universal European Shows. We have booked some of the best people in the circus business, such as Horatio and Millie ___, James Clifford, . . . Alex Roscoe(Boscoe?) . . . and Orio? Springer. Prof. H. A. Bradford has full charge of the advance corps, and Wm. J. Nelson, the privileges. We have also twelve beautiful iron gray horses to our already large number, and we are making, and have nearly completed, six new wagons. . . . Everything will have a new coat of paint of a bright red color. The Donaldson Litho Co. are getting up special lithos. They have contracted for our season's work, and we are more than pleased with them. The rest of the show is OK, and everybody is as happy as bluebirds in May. New York Clipper, January 31, 1891, p. 743.
    1891: Harper Bros.' European Circus. Wanted - A 1 bar performers, some good concert people and sideshow people of all kinds. Also a few more good musicians. Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, January 31, 1891, p. 752.
    1891: Harper Bros.' European Circus. Wanted, sensational acts of all kinds; also a troupe of performing dogs, ponies and donkeys. Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 815.
    1891: Harper Bros.' European Circus is rapidly coming to the front, and will open early in May. Everything will be new and bright. The following is a partial list of the people thus far engaged: . . . Mr. and Mrs. Chas. Carroll . . . James Clifford . . . Rich Bros. . . . Al. Gorman; Richard Bros. . . . New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 5.
    1891: Master Joseph LaRose(?) has signed with the Harper Bros. Shows for the season. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.
    1891: Call. All people engaged for Harper Bros.' European Circus report at Providence, R. I., May 10, for rehearsal. Show opens same place May 11. P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 126.
    1891: Providence, Rhode Island. Harper Bros.' Circus, under the management of P. N. Harper, will begin its road tour at Olneyville, R. I. The show was organized at Worcester, Mass., and will travel by wagon. . . . New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 151.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Harper Bros., Olneyville, R. I., May 11. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 155.
    1891: Wanted, thirty lengths of circus seats, wire quick to Harper Bros.' Circus, Uxbridge(?), Mass, May 21 . . . Southbridge 23. Also women to handle snake and do circassian. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 195.
    1891: The roster of Harper Bros.' Circus is: P. M. Harper, manager; Frank Zola, treasurer; Dick Farnum, equestrian director; Zola Family, Farnum Bros. . . . Annie Farnum, Geo. Dunbar, Mary De Boe, Jos. La Fleur, George Eberton, John Kelly . . . Fred Elmer, Prof. Bolotze and eight musicians. Business is reported very satisfactory. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Harper Bros., Fitchburg, Mass. June 10, 11, Leominster 12, Clinton 13, Worcester 15, 16. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.
    1891: Wanted, a few more first class performers. Also a woman to handle snakes. Must have own snakes. Also boss property man to handle big acts. Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 243.
    1891: Worcester, Massachusetts. Harper Bros. Circus, which was organized in this city last winter, exhibits here June 15, 16. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 250.
    1891: Roster of Harper Bros.' European Circus, now touring the New England states: P. N. Harper, manager; Frank Zola, treasurer; Dick Farnam, equestrian director; Mrs. Frank Zola, Wm. Le(?) Zola, Jimmie Farnam, Mrs. Anna Farnum, Josie Farnam, Carr and ___, Charles Long, James Clifford, Joe La Flower, . . . Master Flagle, Fred Elmar and John Kelly. P. N. Harper was presented with a fine gold watch. At the close of the performance Mr. Harper had a social banquet arranged. . . . New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Harper Bros.' North Berwick, Me. July 8, Kennebunk 9, Biddeford 10, Saco 11, Saccarappa 13. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 301.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Harper Bros.', . . . Yarmouth, Me. 17, Freeport 18. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 313.
    1891: Notes from the Harper Bros.' Show. We opened May ??, at Olneyville(?), R.I., and from the start we have had big business. It is quite natural that our managers, the Harper Bros. ___ be confonded with the Harper Bros. of one legged song and dance fame . . . Here is our roster in full: P. W. Harper, sole proprietor and manager . . . Dick Farnum, equestrian manager; D. J. Harper, master of transportation . . . Performers: Farnum Bros.; Emily Zola Troupe, John Batchelder's Dog Circus; Master Henry Monroe; Master Willie Farnam. Concert: Carr and ___, Garcia and Powers . . . Willie Farnum, Ned Harper. . . . Sailor Palmer, boss canvasman, with twenty five assistants. . . . Doc Frenchy is boss stock(?) with __ assistants . . . the gentleman in white appears every Tuesday. . . . Mrs. James Farnum, who has been visiting her husband, ___ to her home, Pawtucket, R.I. Dick Farnum is practicing a brother act . . . Mrs. P. N. Harper and her two children are visiting the show, and are great favorites with all. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.
    1891: Harper Bros.' Great European Shows. P. N. Harper, proprietor and manager; Frank Zola, treasurer; Dick Farnum, equestrian director; Edgar Hayes, advance representative. Farnum Bros., Dick and James, pyramid act; John F. Batchelder, double somersault leaper; Emily Zola Troupe, trapeze; Fred Elmer, horizontal bar, late of Elmer and Gregory; Fred Welcome, balancing trapeze; Josie Farnum; John F. Kelly, equilibrist and posturer; James Clifford, serpentine wonder; Harry DeBoe, wire; La Belle Winnie, contortion; George O. Egbertson, bar clown; Mons. Eugene Gertner, equestrian; Eddie Garvie and Powers, comedians, vocalists, dancers; Tony York, Irish character; Prof. John F. Batchelder's five acting dogs; Master Henry Munroe; bar performer; Prof. Frank M. Myers, magician, ventriloquist, Punch and Judy; Mlle. Le Pruno, snake charmer; Mons. Antonia, strong man; Sig. Carboni, juggler; Prof. Thos. Free's band of 14 pieces; Arthur Flagie, privileges manager. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 395.
    1891: Harper Bros.' Circus stranded at Thompsonville, Mass.(?), Aug. 22. The performers struck for back salaries, and it was announced that there would be no performance. The crowd became excited, cut the guy ropes, set the tent on fire, smashed seats and wagons, cut up harness and wrecked things generally. Great pieces were cut out of the canvas. In all, about $2,500(?) damages were done. Manager H. N. Harper attempted to refund the money, but when the crowd became unruly, he took the receipts and went to Springfield, where he was arrested later in the night for obtaining the money under false pretenses. The performers claim that from one to seven weeks' pay is due. Harper claimes he owed none of them for more than three weeks' work, that he has paid all other bills, and would have soon paid the performers. His is to have a hearing in court at Thompsonville. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 416.
    1891: Providence, Rhode Island. The Farnum Bros. and John F. Batchelder arrived here __ from Harper Bros.' Circus which went to pieces at ___, Ct. __. They report that the ghost had failed to put in an appearance for two weeks ___, due to the closing of the show and that the collapse was simply due to bad management, as business had been good. The Farnum Bros. are resting at their home, Nantucket(?) and Mr. Batchelder has accepted an invitation ro remain with them a few days as their guest. New York Clipper, September 5, 1891, p. 433.
    1891: James Clifford, contortionist, late with Harper Bros.' Circus, has joined George L. Gregory's Pantomime and Novelty Co. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 487.

    1892: Wanted, for Harper Bros.' European Circus, performers in all branches of the circus business; also sideshow people. Canvas men, bill posters, seat men chandelier men, two and four horse drivers, boss canvas man. P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, January 23, 1892, p. 771.
    1892: Notes from Harper Bros.' Circus. We are rapidly preparing for our season. We are constantly enlarging our attractions, and will open our tour in good shape. Two new cages and a new ticket wagon have been added. A new band wagon is being built. We have added two teams of fine dapple gray horses and one team of white mules. Our company: the Three Devene Freres, De Mora, Muro and ???, the Emily Zola(?) Troupe, Clara Bell, Mr. and Mrs. Andy Spear, Chas. Hunt, Winsome Winnie, the Del Montos(?), Minnie Hart, Tom Clark, Arthur W. Vernel(?) and A.(?) B.(?) F?agg. We are constantly receiving something new. One of the latest desigen in printing is a fine ??? sheet lithography of P. N. Harper, the sole owner and manager. New York Clipper, February 27, 1892, p. 843.
    Privileges with the Harper Bros. Circus have been secured by Harry De Roe and Geo. ?. Levere, making their second season with that show. Manager P. N. Harper has been lavish in his preparations, and his show will be one of the finest wagon shows traveling in New England. The season opens early in May at Worcester, Mass. Andy and Mattie Spear have been engaged for Harper Bros.' Circus. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
    Harper Bros. Circus. De(?) Mora, contortionist, has signed with Harper Bros. Circus. He is ill at West Superior, Wis. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
    1892: Call. People engaged with the Harper Bros.' European Circus report at Worcester, Mass., Sunday, May 8, at 10.30 sharp. Show opens same place May 9. P. N. Harper, 241 Front Street, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 79.
    1892: Wesley Emmerson(?), boss canvasman of Harper Bros.' European Circus, is getting everything into tiptop condition for the opening May 9, at Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.
    1892: Frank E. Tracy . . . has been engaged as contracting agent of Harper Bros.' United European Shows. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 100.
    Roster of Harper Bros.' European Circus: P. N. Harper, sole owner and manager; Thos Carter(?), treasurer; Frank C. Tracy, general agent; Arthur W. Ver?ill, head bill poster, with four assistants; D. J. Harper, boss lithographer, with two assistants; Jos. Duprey, master of transportation; Wesley Emmerson, boss canvas man, . . . Jos Manoch(?), chandelier man; E. P. Victor, animal man; F. C. Reed, boss hostler . . . Chas. Pero(?), cook, with three assistants; Alex. Devine, equestrian director; Del Monte, candy stand privileges; Arthur Flagg, master of properties, with three assistants; C.(?) King, master of ring stock; . . . band of ten pieces. . . . E. F.(P.?) Victor, Chas. Hunt, Muro and Flatti(?), the Del Montos, . . . Mattie Spear, Mr. and Mrs. Andy Spear, . . . Kitty Hart, F. J. Powers . . . Clara Bell(Ball?), Oley Frieburg, . . . troupe of Japs. The show will begin operation May ? at Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.
    1892: The Harper Bros.' New European Shows opened at Millbury, Mass., May 9, to packed tents both afternoon and evening. The acts of the Rice Bros. . . . the Three Renos and in fact all the principal acts met with approval from the vast assemblies. The addition of two Normandy horses is a feature in the annex. Everything is brand new about the show, and the prospects are bright. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.
    1892: The Barton Bros. . . . the La French Bros. and Carlotta Laverne are recent additions to Harper's Circus. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.
    1892: Providence, Rhode Island. Harper Bros.' Circus exhibited at Pawtucket 16(?) to large attendance. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 165.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Harper's . . . Warren, RI 19, Fall River, Mass. 20, Middleboro 21. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.
    1892: Providence, Rhode Island. Joseph Harper, of Harper Bros.' Circus, was in town last week. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 181.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Harper Bros., Attleboro MA May 25, Hopkinton 26, Franklin 27, Natick 28, Milford 30. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Harper Bros.', Maynard MA June 1, Marlboro 2, Hendson 3, Clinton 4, Worcester 5, 6. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Harper Bros., Ware, Mass. June 11, Palmer 13, Indian Orchard 14, Springfield, 15, Westfield 16, Chicopee 17, Holyoke 18. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.
    1892: . . . Demora . . . Nellie Rice and Muro and Plalts(?) are said to be making hits with Harper Bros.' Show. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 276.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Harper Bros., Lowell MA July 13. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.
    1892: Lowell, Massachusetts. Harper Bros.' Circus came July 13 and T. K. Burk's Circus 14 both showing to big business. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 312.
    1892: Robert Stickney has returned from the Harper Bros.' Circus. Mr. Stickney is now at the West End Training Academy, this city [New York], breaking a troupe of Shetland ponies. Mr. Stickney has added to his troupe of trained animals the somersault dog, Bob. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.
    1892: Scribner & Smith's. The management have purchased the majority of the Harper Bros.' outfit. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 624.

    1893: Wanted, for Harper Bros.' European Circus, Museum, Menagerie and Wild West Shows, people in all branches of the circus business. Also concert people. Would like to hear from boss canvas man, also animal man. Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. P.S. Wanted, ten bill posters, agent that is not afraid of paste. New York Clipper, January 14, 1893, p. 731.
    1893: Harper Bros. are going to add a menagerie and Wild West . . . next season. . . . winter quarters . . . Shrewsbury, Mass. . . . people engaged: . . . Prof. Del Monte and wife, D. J. Harper, Kid Nelson, . . . Avery and ??? have been engaged for Harper Bros. Circus. New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 766.
    1893: Avery and King have been engaged for Harper Bros. Circus. New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 766.
    1893: Charles E.(?) Darling has signed with Harper Bros. European Circus and Menagerie as contracting agent for this season. New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 832.
    1893: Harper Bros. Circus is said to be in a bad way. Salaries are reported in arrears, and the entire outfit is in a demoralized condition. At Granville, N.Y. last week a hotel proprietor gave the performers their food and helped them out of town. The tent was left behind, having been badly town during a severe wind storm. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    1894: Wanted, for Harper Bros.' Big Railroad Shows, performers in all branches of the circus business. Also freaks, sideshow people, drivers, canvas men, train men, chandelier man, concert people, and a good band . . . a good, sober, reliable boss canvas man. P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. P.S. Would sell sideshow privilege to responsible party. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 111.
    1894: Call. People engaged with Harper Bros.' European Circus report on lot at Worcester, Mass., Monday, May 11(?). Show opens same day. P.S. Can use another good act, also rider with stock. Address P. N. Harper, Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 159.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harris & Anderson - 1893

    On the road, circuses: Harris & Anderson's, Braym?r MO July 26, Ludlow 27. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 329.
    Card to the public. In the last issue of Clipper I notice under the heading of canvas shows the roster of one Harris & Anderson ___ under the title of "New Nickel Plate Shows." Lest some may be misled I desire to state that I never had a partner, and further, there is but one "New Nickel Plate Show" and I created it eleven years ago . . . "New Nickel Plate Shows," which is my exclusive property . . . W. H. Harris, manager and owner of the only New Nickel Plate Shows. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 339.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

W. H. Harris's Nickle Plate Shows - 1890, 1900

    1890: Among the recent features engaged for Harris' Circus may be mentioned Kennard, Brandon and Kennard in "The Trunk Mystery," their second season with the show. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 791.
    1890: The Clipper has received, through the courtesy of treasurer ___, W. H. Harris' interesting volume, "500 Ways to Get Rich." It is presented as a souvenir of the Harris Nickel Plate Circus, and is a written book of nearly 200(?) pages. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 861.
    1890: New Orleans, Louisiana. W. H. Harris' Circus opened here to excellent business, and will, undoubtedly, entertain crowded tents during the show's engagement South. Manager Harris has an exceptionally strong combination, and, though a low priced one, as far as admission fee goes, it gives a show which many large circuses would feel proud of. The Nickel Plate entertainment opens with eight equestrians on white steeds, among whom are Nellie and Pollie Harris, who at once won admirers by their riding. After which Master Frankie Harris(eleven years of age) proved himself to be a wonderful bareback rider, and later appeared as a tumbler. . . . The horses exhibited by Manager Harris are undoubtedly well educated. The leapers and tumblers were nimble, and the show, as a whole, gave satisfaction. Arthur Westfall is general business manager for manager Harris. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.
    1890: New Orleans, Louisiana. Harris' Nickel Plate Shows are doing a wonderful business for this season of the year, and Master Frankie Harris continues to win admirers by his daring bareback riding. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 39.
    1890: Notes from Harris' Nickle Plate Circus. If there is anything that proves the old adage, that "noting succeeds like success," it may be said to be accomplished in the triumph of Harris' Nickle Plate Circus at New Orleans. . . . W. H. Harris, our popular and affable proprietor and manager, is a manager in the truest sense of the word. He manages to pay them promptly and fully, and he manages to fill his treasury by his thorough knowledge of the public. He has now closed an engagement here of six weeks, phenomenal in all respects. We have . . . Lillie(?) and Carrie Harris, Frank H. Sparks . . . Frank Sparks is the equestrian manager. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.
    1890: Notes from W. H. Harris' Nickel Plate Show. We have entered upon our third week here to splendid business, and the prospects bid fair for a lengthy summer season. Dave Castello joined last week, and is riding a wonderful hurdle act. . . . Ed. Willis is still hustling on the outside. Prof. Will Church and his band have resigned . . . In spite of the new __ft. middle piece, it keeps the boys moving to find seats for the multitudes, and oftimes the big door is closed. Gold watches have got to be the rage, and every week one can generally see one or two new ones around the show. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 231.
    1890: Notes from Harris' Nickel Plate Show. In spite of inclement weather, the ___ are crowded nightly. On June __ manager Harris tendered the children of Father Sullivan's school, Chicago, a benefit, which was highly appreciated. Frank H.(?) Sparks, equestrian manager, in breaking a new trick pony, which he will soon have working in the ring. . . . New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.
    1890: Notes from W. H. Harris' Nickel Plate Shows. Saturday night, July 12, completed our ___th performance at Chicago, and business has been exceedingly good. Prospects bid fair for quite a lengthy season yet. Manager Harris has arranged for the erection of a four story and basement(?) brick barn, to be built in the rear of his residence at Chicago. The upper stories will be devoted exclusively to the storage of stock, cages and paraphernalia, while the first floor will contain an arena, in which ring stock will be broken in during the Winter the months. Uncle Dan Costello was a welcome visitor last week, and for several nights assumed his former position in the ring. . . . O. F. Gould, our popular treasurer, is back from Eaton rapids, Mich., whre he had been enjoying a short vacation with friends and relatives. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.
    1890: W. ?. Ament closed with W. H. Harris' Nickle Plate Circus Aug __. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 355.
    1890: Harris' Nickel Plate Shows are still doing a big business, and will remain in Chicago at least six weeks longer - a record of seventeen weeks in Chicago. Mr. Harris will travel by boats to New Orleans, playing there about six weeks. Cooney Bowers has been promoted to general agent, Mr. Jenkins having charge of the paper. Ed. Willis, our lecturer, will leave Sept. 1 . . . New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.
    1890: Notes from Harris' Nickel Plate Shows. We leave Chicago early in October, going direct to Cairo, Ill. Business at Chicago is great. . . . Prof. Blitz, as stated in the last Clipper, left for Creston, Ia. . . . The Harris Shows will steam down the Mississippi in a new boat. The advance brigade of five(?) will leave Chicago in about two weeks. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 420.
    1890: W. H. Harris, proprietor and manager of Harris' Nickel Plate Circus, was as happy as a lark when he surveyed his circus tent at Chicago, Sept. 6, crowded with thousands of patrons. He was happier still when ___ Supreme Chancellor H. C. Berry, of the Knights of Pythias, stepped within the circle of sawdust, and, making a neat little speech, presented Dave Castello (hurdle rider), O. F. Gould (treasurer) and Frank H. Sparks (equestrian director) each with a diamond studded charm. The presentation was made on behalf of Alpine Lodge, K. of P., of which the three are members. They were about to leave Chicago, and the occasion was chosen by their brother Knights to emphasize the esteem in which they are held. De Molay Lodge participated in the proceeding. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.
    1890: On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: Harris' Nickel Plate, Newport, La., Nov 26 . . . New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 595.
    1890: On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: Harris' Nickel Plate, New Orleans, La. Dec. 1-7. New York Clipper, December 6, 1890, p. 611.
    1890: Harris' Nickel Plate Shows closed their ten month's season Dec. 14. Mr. Harris and his family will winter at New Orleans. O. F. Gould, treasurer, has gone to his home Eaton Rapids, Mich. Cooney Bowers, agent, will rest at Cincinnati, and Frank Sparks, equestrian director, remains at New Orleans, to break in a five pony act and a new six horse act for the coming season. Kennard, Branon and Kennard play the Texas circuit. John Beers (contortionist) goes with French's New Sensation. Frank Miller, four horse and hurdle rider, goes to his home at Kansas City. Geo. W. La Rosa returns to Long Island, N. Y. The others of the company remain at New Orleans for the present. The show opens again in March next, and will travel by rail, Mr. Harris having disposed of all his steamboat interests. New York Clipper, December 27, 1890, p. 661.

    1900: For a short time during the evening performance of the show at Newport, Kentucky, May 7, it looked as if all kinds of trouble was brewing. The circus was playing in capacity, and people were being turned away in crowds, when a fight started between some white and colored circus employees, in which the tough element of the town, who were refused admittance tot he show, took a hand and bombarded the tents with stones. Just as a small-sized riot was impending, a mad dog, a big Newfoundland, made its appearance and created additional disturbance. The police finally disposed of the mad dog and scattered the rioters, but the concert at the close of the circus had to be dispensed with, and the management refunded the money to all those who had purchased tickets. George Peck has one of the nicest, cleanest sideshows on the road, and is getting all kinds of money with it.
    Performers with the show: St. Leon Family, acrobats; Emma Latue, slack wire; the Smiths, flying trapeze; Al Orton, bareback; the Conklins, limber-limb acrobats; Barney Shay, clown; Pete Jenkins and Claude Orton. Billboard, May 21, 1900, p. 5.
    1900: This is what the Roanoke (Vt.) Evening World has to day of the Harris Nickle Plate Show, the best popular-priced circus on the road, and always a favorite in Roanoke, arrived this moringin, and pitched its tents on Jefferson street. At 10:30 the parade took place, and was a most creditable affair, witnessed by great crowds all along the street. The tent was filled at 2 o'clock when the show opened, and the verdict of all is that it is better than ever, and worth double the money. Harris makes a specialty of trained horses and ponies, and has the veteran Dan Costello, horse trainer, with the show. There were forty-four acts in all, two going on simultaneously in the big ten ring. They include Elsa St. Leon, the champion hurdle rider; the St. Leon family, the great acrobats, six in number; the Conklings, the champion contortionists. There were a number of daring trapeze act. Capers, trained horses, and a good clown. It is an all right show. Clem Kerr is the press agent . . . Billboard, June 16, 1900.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hart, France & Co. - 1888

    Hart, France & Co.’s circus opened at Greencastle, Ind., to a packed canvas, notwithstanding a heavy rain storm struck it at the opening. . . . Cameo and Tipp have just added a fine double trapeze act, which made quite an impression. The band played for the G.A.R. parade free at Greencastle, Ind. on decoration Day. The spectre in white appears regularly, consequently the boys are happy. New York Clipper, June 9, 1888. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Harvey, Sully & Neville - 1890

    On the Road, Circuses: Harvey, Sully & Neville’s, Houston(?), Ala., June 12, Russellville 13, Bell Green 14. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 210.
    Harvey, Sully & Neville's Show are doing a fine business through the South. All of the company are reported well and contented. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.
    Harvey, Scully and Neville have dissolved partnership. Mr. Neville will remain in the South. Mr. Harvey has gone to Florence, Ala. to fit up a show . . . New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 357.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Heber Bros. Circus and Wild West - 1912

    Notes from the Heber Bros. Circus and Wild West Show. We are doing a gilt-edged business matinees and nights, packed to the doors in all kinds of weather. We have not lost a show yet, presidental year notwithstanding. New York Clipper, June 15, 1912, p. 11. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Heffron's Great Eastern - 1889-1890

    1889: Dr. Wheeler Comedy Co. closed its season at Franklin, Ky., April 13. Binny and Bliss, Elder and Newston, and Dr. Wheeler join Heffron’s Great Eastern Show, at Newport, Ky., 22, for the season. New York Clipper, April 27, 1889, p. 107.
    1889: Wants, Circus: People in varied branches are wanted for Heffron’s Great Eastern Circus. New York Clipper, October 19, 1889, p. 541.

    1890: Wanted, for Heffron's Great Eastern Circus. Long engagement, sure salary, performers, also people for all branches of the circus business, and concert people. Would also like to hear from a few first class musicians. John E. Heffron, proprietor and manager, Thomasville, Ga. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890, p. 721.
    1890: Pete and Gussie Rogan closed with Heffron's Great Eastern Circus at Tampa, Fla., last week, after a very satisfactory season. They will rest at their home, Racine, Wis., until Feb. 3, and then open with a combination until the circus season opens. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 749.
    1890: Notes from Heffron's Great Eastern Circus. we opened our season at Jacksonville, Fla., April ?. . . . New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Henderson & Allen - 1892

    On the road, circuses: Henderson & Allen's, Cascade, IA April 30, Miles May 2, . . . Monticello 4, anamosa 5, McClairsville 6, Oxford Junction 7. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 119.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Henderson & Allen's, . . . McClairesville 6, Oxford Junction 7, . . . Toledo Ia. 11, Ames 12, Nevada 13, Perry 14. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 135.
    On the road, circuses: Henderson & Allen's, Toledo Ia. May 11, Ames 12, Nevada 13, Perry 14, . . . New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 151.
    On the road, circuses: Henderson & Allen's, Webster City IA May 18 . . . Mason City 20, Waverly 21, . . . Albert Lea, Minn. 25, Northwood 26, Greene 27, Algoma 28. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.
    On the road, circuses: Henderson & Allen, Northwood 26, Greene 27, Algoma 28, Eagle Grove 30, Iowa Falls 31, Cedar Falls June 1, Waterloo 2, Independence 3, Vinton 4. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hendry's New London - 1892

    Wanted, for W. W. Hendry's New London Shows, Circus, Museum and Trained Animal Exhibition, circus people in all branches of the profession. Riders, leapers, tumblers, a double trapeze tream, horizontal bar team, jugglers, contortionist, singing clown, a band of 6 or 8 pieces, an agent that is acquainted with the Western country. Billposters, chandelier man, assistant boss canvas man. Also wanted, concert people, Sideshow and candy stand privileges for sale. The Potters and Bobby Carrel please write. Address W. W. Hendry, 132 South Tenth Street, Lincoln, Neb. New York Clipper, February 27, 1892, p. 851.
    Wanted, W. W. Hendry's New London Shows, Circus, Museum and Trained Animal Exhibition, a man for barrel kicking, horizontal bar team and double trapeze team. Must do more than one act, or any good, strong act that will do for a circus. This is a wagon show, has good accommodation. Address W. W. Henry, 132 South Tenth Street, Lincoln, Neb. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 31.
    1892: W. W. Hendry's New London Shows will take the road . . . [in] April, on their first season's ___. Everything is brand new. The shows will travel by wagon. . . . New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.
    1892: The Moores (Billy and Nellie) have canceled their engagement with the W. W. Hendry New London Circus, as Mr. Moore is to have an operation performed on his eyes which will lay him up from four to six weeks. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.
    Call. People for W. W. Hendry's New London Shows. Report for rehearsal Monday, April 2?. Show opens Monday, May 2. Report at ___ O Street, Lincoln, Neb. W. W. Hendry. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 94.
    W. W. Hendry's New London Shows will open at Lincoln, Neb., this week. The complete roster: W. W. Hendry, sole proprietor and manager; D. L. Allen and six assistants in bill brigade; Fred Lachelle, business manager; Chad Wertz, equestrian director; Miles Anderson, treasurer; Jno. Porter, boss canvasman, with ten men; Chas. W. Tracey, boss hostler and fourteen men; D. P. Scott, in charge ring stock . . . Malcom and wife, Theola, Del Fuego and wife, Miss Day(?), Odell Bros., Wertz Bros., Clyde Ingraham, Lemar and Anderson . . . New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 130.
    1892: The W. W. Hendry Circus is a thing of the past. It closed at Dunbar, Neb. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.
    1892: Lincoln, Nebraska. W. W. Hendry's New London Circus came to grief at Dunbar, Neb. 14(?), the Sheriff taking possession under a chattel mortgage. Bad weather and loss of stands brought the trouble about. The people were given a benefit week of 20 at the Eden Musse. They played the week to very good business. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 265.
    1892: Complete wagon circus for sale, or will take partner. Address Geo. J. Hendry, Lincoln, Neb. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 274.1892: For sale, circus outfit. Tent . . . middle piece, poles, ropes, stakes, seats, complete cooking outfit, band, tableaux, advance and __ other wagons. G.(?) J.(?) Hendry, Lincoln, Neb. New York Clipper, December 24, 1892, p. 680.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hengler’s Circus

    Writing from London, Eng., under date of Feb. 26, Charles W. Fish says: “Yesterday an event took place of great interest to the equestrian world. Queen Victoria, for the first time since 1859, witnessed a circus performance; in fact, I am told it was the first time she has witnessed an entertainment by professionals of any kind since the death of the Prince Consort. What is still more notable is that this performance was given by command of Her Majesty at Windsor Castle, a ring having been made in London and set up in the riding-school of the Castle. This is the first entertainment ever given by command at the Castle or any other place. You can readily understand how much honored the circus profession should feel, and that an incentive to elevate the standard of our profession should by rights follow. Everything passed off in good shape. It was a very ceremonious affair. Not a word was spoken. The clowns were not allowed to open their mouths. All the riders rode in on their horses, and, in leaving, they backed to the curtains, bowing slowly as they did so. No applause was given, except by a few of the under-servants. The company, by invitation of the Queen, partook of lunch in one of the smaller dining rooms of the castle, at 1 o’clock. The performance took place at 3. All who participated are now entitled to add the word ‘royal’ to their special line of business. A special train conveyed our company to and from Windsor. No performance was given at night. To-day and to-morrow are the last of the London season. Hengler goes from here to Birmingham, opening in Curzon Hall for a season of about seven weeks. Dublin, for the Summer season, is to follow. I go from here to Madrid, Spain, for the Summer with the Circo Price. Since writing the above those who took part in yesterday’s performance have received, by the Queen’s order, the royal favor - a royal blue button - to be worn in the buttonhole of the coat collar. This also confers the right to wear the royal coat-of-arms. This is the first time the honor has ever been conferred on circus performers, or, as we are termed here, artists. Consequently, I am somewhat proud of my blue button. I forgot to mention another mark of the queen’s favor and interest in the performance. She had ordered her carriage at four o’clock for a drive. It was ready, as you may suppose. I was riding at the time, but, so great was her interest that she dismissed her carriage and remained to the end of the programme. She afterwards ordered the horses to be brought out for her inspection.” I may be added that Hengler’s is the circus to which Mr. Fish refers. The Queen commanded the performance because she wished to please the little Princess Alice of Albany, the three year old daughter of the late Duke of Albany. The audience included the members of the Royal house-hold and the Castle servants and their friends, and numbered in all about 300 person. “Circus and Sideshow,” New York Clipper, April, 20, 1886. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hobby's (probable) - 1839

    Circus and Giraffe Exhibition United. The proprietors of the Giraffe and New York Circus and Arena company have entered into arrangements to travel and exhibit together under a pavilion large enough to hold both exhibitions, and accommodate 3,000 spectators. The Circus exhibition - the scene in the circle will present a variety of new and interesting feats of horsemanship, and other varied scenes of amusements. The Giraffe or Camelopard - tallest of all known creatures.
    Hours of exhibition - from one to five o'clock in the afternoon, from half past seven to half past ten in the evening. Admission 50 cts, children half price. Adams Sentinel (Gettysburg, PA), August 5, 1839. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hobson Bros. - 1891-93

    1891: Wanted for Howard, Homer, Hobson Bros. Jr.'s Great Southern Railway Shows. Musicians: one cornetist or clarionet leader, one B flat cornet, first and second. Altos, one bass and one Tuba. Leader man must double in string. Performers: two good horizontal ___ who do comics and brother acts, good barrel kicker . . . knockabout singing clown. Miscellaneous people: good make to take charge of side show . . . boss hostler and boss canvasman. . . . Address Howard & Homer, Hobson Bros. Jr., Eighth and Beach Street, Texarkana, Arkansas. New York Clipper, January 31, 1891, p. 752.

    1892: Circus managers take notice, for lease or will sell one half interest to complete circus, with my own and brother's service, who have our own stock(?), and do following riding acts, viz.: princiapl hurdle, Indian and four horse acts. Show consists of 100ft. circus top; two 3?ft. middle pieces; one menagerie top; seats complete; dressing room; full set lights; one band and one ticket wagon; four animal cages in good order. All newly painted. We are also open for engagement with any responsible manager. P.S. Miles Orton write us. Address all communications to Hobson Bros.' Shows, Texarkana, Ark. New York Clipper, January 9, 1892, p. 740.
    1892: Wanted, for Hobson Bros. Jrs.' Great Southern Shows. Bar team, two or three in number, who do brothers and ___; lady principal rider, with or without horse, who does tight rope dancing or other specialty; man or lady who does a perch; contortionist; talking and singing clown. Concert people, male and female. Band of six mouth pieces, must double in string. Man to take charge of sideshow, on shares or salary. Boss canvas man and boss hostler. Ten billposters. Address, Hobson Bros. Jr.'s, Texarkana, Ark. New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 631.

    1893: Wanted for Hobson Bros. Jr's Great Southern Shows, band of 6 mouthpieces, must have their own band suits, drum and cymbals and be able to double in string. Hobson Bros. Jr's, Texarkana, Ark. New York Clipper, January 28, 1893, p. 762.
    1893: For sale, 4 animal cages, viz.: 2 small pony cages, suitable for birds or any small animal, and 2 large two horse cages, one of them lion den. All in fine shape, newly and finely pictured. Address Clay D. Hobson, Texarkana, Ark. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 372.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. S. Hoffman's - 1893

    The following people are engaged for J. S. Hoffman's(?) No. 2 New York Circus and Wild West Shows: The Lees, Rio Grande Jack . . . Colorado Charley . . . Cherokee Jim, Rio Grande Dick, Patterson Jack, Mexican Lew . . . and others. . . . The show will travel by rail and opens at Bloomfield(?), N.J., June __. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.
    1893: Wanted, J. S. Hoffman's Shows and Outdoor Amusement Company. People in all branches of the business. Wild West in particular, and others. Address __ East Fifteenth Street, ___, New York City. N.B. No. ? show opens season Monday, June __. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 245.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Hoffman's, . . . Little Falls, NJ 22, Paterson 23, Jersey City 24 . . . South Amboy 28, Red Band 29, Asbury Park 30, Long Branch July 1. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Holland & McMahon's - 1885, 1888

    1885: Holland & McMahon's World Circus, as organized in Chicago, consists of the following people: Geo. Holland and John McMahon, proprietors and managers: Jos B. McMahon, treasurer; R. T. Westendorf (Wedendorf?), agen, with five assistants; J. F. Quigley, equestrian director, with the following riders: Katie Holloway, John S. McMahon and Marquest; Chas. Bliss and Jos. Allen, clowns, Mr. and Mrs. J. M. Ryan, aerial artists; Harry Herri???, contortion; Mlle. Theola, flying rings; John Quigley, leaper; Ryan Seabert, Bliss and Re??er, double horizontal bars; Coleman Brothers . . . The concert attractions are . . . Bender, Worland . . . Mlle Theola. The side show attractions are: [unreadable people's names], colored band of seven men, G. G. Hunter, solicitor; Shipley(?), proprietor; Frank West, boss canvasman. The circus [has a] round top, with middle piece; menagerie tent 70 ft. round top with three middle pieces; sidesshow round top with two middle pieces; 50 men and ?? horses. The show has been doing good business in Chicago, and will be there one week more, beginning Oct. 12(?) . . . then they go South by boat. New York Clipper, October 17, 1885, p. 484.

    1888: The following people compose the completed roster of Holland & McMahon's Circus for their next tenting season: Proprietors, George Holland and John S. McMahon; manager Joseph B. McMahon; treasurer, Ed. Holland; agent John Prendergast; department managers, J. F. Quigley, J. Wilkison(?), Louis Talbot, James Wolan, Thomas Flynn; performers - George Holland, John S. McMahon, Charles McMahon, Kate Holloway, . . . Belle Celeste, John F. Stowe, Alex. Seabert, John Kokley, Ed. Bennett, Smith, Wood and Allen. New York Clipper, January 21, 1888, p. 716. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Holland & Gormley - 1889

    Holland & Gormley's notes. Sam Bennett (Rooney), late of the Sam McFlinn Show, joined the company at Fort Howard, Wis., and is riding a four horse act, a bounding jockey and also doing leaps and tumbles. Ed. Holland has returned to the show from a visit to his home at Delavan, Wis. Gertie Holland, eldest daughter of George Holland, is on a visit to the show. Prof. Humphrey, our new band leader, joined at Green Bay. Frank Gormley is still ahead of the show, surveying a route for our Fall and Winter season. The show is larger and better than ever, and we are adding new features and attractions all the time. Ben R??? has added five more large anaconda boa constrictors to his den of serpents. The side show has been a bonaza this season. New York Clipper, August 31, 1889, p. 406. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin's - 1890

    Wanted for Holland & Bowman's United Shows, people in all branches, circus, sideshow and concert; musician, to double. Man to furnish balloon and make ascension; also drivers and canvasmen. Address Holland & Bowman, Delavan, Wis. Billposters write to agent C. T. Kimball, Jesup, Iowa. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890, p. 720.
    James Clifford, the contortionist, has signed with Holland & Bowman's United Shows for next season. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 749.
    The following people have signed with Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin's United Shows for the coming season: C. T. Kimball as general agent and contractor . . . Prof. Worthington and wife, double trapeze and slack rope performers; Sam Bennett, four horse rider; Lon W. Moore, clown, with his trick mules . . . Martella Bros., gymnasts; James Clifford, contortionist; George Delano, Prof. J. G. Scheidler, George Margo . . . Ed. E. Cooper, Minnie White, Lou W. Moore . . . Charles Miller . . . The troupe will travel by wagon, and exhibit under a 110ft.(?) canvas, with a 40x70ft.(?) sideshow tent. E. G. Holland will be the equestrian director; B. L. Bowman, ring master, and J. L. McLaughlin, treasurer. The show will being operations early in April at Delavan, Wis. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 829.
    John Scheidler does not go with Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin's Shows next summer. New York Clipper, March 1, 1890, p. 838.
    Prof. C. Bartholomew has been engaged to make balloon ascensions and parachute jumps with Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin's United Shows during the coming circus season. . . . New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 861.
    Notes from Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin's Show. E. G. Holland has recently purchased sixteen horses, and is touring the country for more. . . . New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 46.
    Wanted for Holland, Bowman & Co. United Shows. A few more good musicians for band No. _. Address Box __, Delavan, Wis. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 111.
    Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin's United Circus, Museum and Trained Animal Show opened at Delavan, Wis., May _, to big business. Prof. Bartholomew made a balloon ascension, with a parachute jump, at a distance of many thousand feet, landing safely about a half mile from the lot. The proprietors are busy buying more horses and wagons, to enlarge the show. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.
    Wanted, for Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin's United Circus, performers in all branches – gymnasts, concert people, musicians, bar team; or will buy a good double bar. Address Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin's United Circus, Lake Mills, Wis., May 10, Waterloo, Wis., May 12, Columbus, 13. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 158.
    The Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin Show are touring through the West to good business, considering the bad weather as a factor against them. The people are all well. Prof. Bartholomew makes balloon ascensions and parachute jumps every day. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.
    Wanted, for the Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin United Shows. Performers in all branches. An aerial team, ladies preferred, singing and knockabout clowns, musicians, concert and sideshow people. Lady performers write. Address as per route. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 172.
    Wanted, for the Holland, Bowman & McLaughlins United Circus, performers in all branches, strong aerial team, ladies preferred, concert people, black face acrobatic song and dance team, musical mokes, etc. Frank Wright and partner please write. Permanent address, Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin's United Circus, Delavan, Wis. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 224.
    The Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin United Show has changed hands last week, E. G. Holland and James McLaughlin buying B. L. Bowman's interest. The name is now changed to Holland & McLaughlin's International Circus, Museum and Trained Animal Exhibition, touring through Minnesota and Iowa with good business, in spite of rain. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.
    Holland, McLaughlin & Co.'s United Circus, Museum and Trained Animal Show are touring Iowa. They report fine weather and good business. They are adding a small menagerie that will join in a few days, making one of the largest wagon shows on the road. Everything is nice and new, with ??? head of horses and twenty head of ponies, one buggy and one bill wagon, an agent and six billposters, and one ___ wagon with two programmers. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 275.
    Wanted, canvas __ or ___ft. round top must be in good order; dressing room or sideshow tent. Also sideshow paintings and a few good light cages for wagon show. Would like to buy two lions(?) and small animals. Holland & McLaughlin's United Shows, Delavan, Wis. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 285.
    People wanted. Clarionet player and trombone player to double in orchestra on violin. Good side show opener. Snake charmer, with or without snakes. Drivers for four and six horses. Will consider offers of any desirable circus property. Address route or Delavan, Wis. Holland, McLaughlin & Co.'s United Shows. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 304.
    Billy Grace writes as follows, from Fair Park(?), Ia., under date of July ??: "I wish to inform the profession of the marriage of Sam Rossey(?) Bennett, hurdle rider and acrobat, to Gracie Thomas, vocalist and dancer. The above parties are with Holland & McLaughlin's United Circus. The marriage was celebrated after the show . . . New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 339.
    Frank B. Hubin joined Holland & McLaughlin's Circus, at Sumner(?), Ia., to manage the sideshow. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.
    1890: Sideshow talker - we want sideshow manager, to make opening . . . Holland, McLaughlin & Co., per route. New York Clipper, September 6, 1890, p. 412.
    The addition of two new tents, larger in size than the old ones, is one proof of the success of the Holland & McLaughlin Circus through Minnesota and Iowa. Jessie Dair(?) and C. C. Matthews joined . . . The company closes its season about the middle of October. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 420.
    B. L. Bowman, of the Holland, Bowman & McLaughlin Circus, has sold his interest in that show and entered into partnership with Prof. W. Young. . . . New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 420.
    Sideshow talker, we want sideshow manager, to make openings and announcements. . . . Holland, McLaughlin & Co., per route. New York Clipper, September 20, 1890, p. 446.
    Sturtevant & Holland, successors to Holland, McLaughlin & Co. Permanent address, Delevan, Wis. Want bargains in band wagon, light chariots, cages, ticket wagon and all other show property suitable for first class wagon show. See Sturtevant & Holland. New York Clipper, December 20, 1890, p. 653.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Sturtevant & Holland - 1891

    1890: Sturtevant & Holland, successors to Holland, McLaughlin & Co. Permanent address, Delevan, Wis. Want bargains in band wagon, light chariots, cages, ticket wagon and all other show property suitable for first class wagon show. New York Clipper, December 20, 1890, p. 653.

    1891: Sturtevant & Holland's Mastodon United Shows will be one of the most complete wagon shows on the road next season. They have procured from Wallace & Co. an elephant and two camels, and are getting together a good menagerie. The show in its entirety (with the exception of the old Mabie Show) will be larger than any ever put out from their headquarters, Delavan, Wis. New York Clipper, January 17, 1891, p. 709.
    Sturtevant & Holland Mastodon United Shows want people in all branches of circus business, performer (prefer lady trapeze, perch or other strong female acts). Musicians, male and female; boss hostlers, 4 and 6 horse drivers; oss property mean, chandelier man, billposters, canvasmen. Side show people - especially talker - and snake woman with snakes. For sale: candy privileges, 6(?) pole horse tent, used two months. Want - Two _ pole horse tent and side show tent. Address Sturtevant & Holland, Delavan, Wis. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 732.
    Notes from Sturtevant & Holland's Shows. . . . Geo. Holland is practicing a new carrying act. Geo. Holland and Frank Gormley are taking life easy. New York Clipper, January 31, 1891, p. 743.
    The following people have been engaged for Sturtevant & Holland's Mastodon Shows: W. C. Rolland, George Winfred, Wm. Grace and wife, the Lundgreens, Bros. . . . C. P. Maxwell, and Wm. Rhodes. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.
    The Two Graces, Wm. and Lena, have signed with Sturtevant & Holland's Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.
    1891: J. ?. Gaylord will have entire charge of the advertising and advance business of Sturtevant & Holland Shows the coming season. . . . Geo Brown have signed with Sturtevant & Holland. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 811.
    The Adair Bros., balancing perch performers . . . have signed with Sturtevant & Holland's show for the coming season. New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 826.
    Manager Edward Shipp writes from Petersburg, Ill.: "I will close my Winter Circus here March __. This is my fourth season running a Winter Circus here in my ring barn, and business has been much larger than during any previous season. Myself and wife Julia Lowande, are engaged with the Sturtevant & Holland Show for the coming season. I have two well broken bareback horses, which we will use in our several acts next season." New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.
    Program privilege for sale. Programme, elephants, camels, etc. The best paying privilege ever offered. Wanted, canvasmen and grooms first week in May. Sturtevant & Holland, Delavan, Wis. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 70.
    1891: Prof. C. P.(?) Maxwell has signed as bandmaster with the Sturtevant & Holland Shows. His band is made up as follows: P.(?) F. Earl, P. E. Walker . . . H. J. Maxwell . . . Fred Sayers, S. S. Langdale, F. J. Jones, Jas. Schmidt, R. Greissinger and D. Boyd. The show opens at Delavan, Wis., May _. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.
    Sturtevant, Holland & Co. Sturtevant, Holland & Co.'s call. All people engaged report at Delavan, Wis. May 8(?), opening 9(?). Old time grooms, canvas, property and animal men join at once. We employ no green men, only old timers. Feed and treatment the best. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 162.
    Notes from Sturtevant, Holland & Co.'s Circus. Business continues big. The menagerie tent has been enlarged by the addition of another middle piece, and the big top will have a second 50ft. piece added next week. Harry Semon joined the advandce at Marengo, Ia. Everything is in the best of condition. The chief people with this show are J. B. Sturtevant and family, Ed. G. Holland and family, D. J. Fitzgerald, John Motley, Col. George Brown and wife, Geisenger(?) Bros., Edward Shipp and wife, George Jenier and family, Artie Adair and wife, Wm. Grace and wife . . . J. McInery, W. C. Rollins, Billy Adair, Louis Adair, Al. Gilmore, Nelson Spaulding, Harry Buckley, Prof. Maxwell, Charles Buckley, Richard Thompson, Wm. Rhodes, Ben Keyes and others. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.
    On the road, circuses: Sturtevant & Holland & Co.'s . . . Orange City, Ia. June 29, Canton, S. Dak. July 2, Yankton 4. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.
    Circus people wanted. We want one first class, experienced cook. Four and six horse drivers, canvasmen and property men; also people to strengthen sideshow. Drivers and canvasmen, come at once. Others, write per route. Permanent address, Delavan, Wis. Sturtevant, Holland & Co., proprietors Van Amburgh Shows. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 277.
    The Van Amberg [sic] Show, under the management of Sturtevant, Holland & Co., report this to be the most prosperous season in the history of this old time organization. Many attractive additions to the show, in the way of horses, cages of animals, etc., tend to make this one of the strongest shows now under canvas. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 284.
    ___, besides having purchased the interest of Geo. Hall in the MacFlynn & Hall Show, has now bought out Ed. Holland, of the Van Amburg Show, and will add all ___ cages, elephants, camels, horses and entire outfit to the Van Amburg Shows, making it one of the largest wagon shows on the road. Mr. Holland will retire to his home at Delavan, and during the winter will ___ a wagon show for the express ___ of playing all the inland ___ of Colorado and the West next season. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 416.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

E. G. Holland's - 1892-94

    1892: Wanted, people in all branches of circus biz. Riders, aerial teams, gymnasts, bro. act. Also band and bosses in all departments. Address E. G. Holland & Co., Delevan, Wis. Will rent sideshow with a complete outfit. Also candy stands. Railroad shows. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 836.
    1892: Notes from E. G. Holland & Co.'s Show. Everything is lively around winter quarters, getting ready for the opening. The show will travel by rail, using three cars. They have a new sleeper __ft. long, and will use a 100ft. top, with a __ft. middle piece. Everything is new. These people have signed: The Black Bros., with their troupe of Shetland ponies, eight in number; the Lundgreens, Howard and Yount, the Gillmore Bros., J. W. Dempsey and wife, Will Conkling . . . Fred Bulter's Band, C. McClanahan and others. The show will open early in May. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.
    1892: Holland's Big Wagon Show is about ready to open the campaign, and will tour Colorado early in the season, its purpose being to exhibit in the mountain towns ahead of Cook and Whitby's and the Ringling Bros., both of which have already contracted for that section of the country. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.
    1892: Call. Persons engaged for the E. G. Holland & Co.'s Shows report for rehearsal at Delavan, Wis. on May 6(?). Opening 7. N.B. Have side show privileges to rent, cash or percentage. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 108.
    1892: Milwaukee [WI] May 9. E. G. Holland & Co.'s New Colossal Show opened its season here last night in a heavy rain, and packed their canvas. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 146.
    1892: Milwaukee, Wisconsin. E. G. Holland's Circus exhibited here 9, 10, 11. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 150.
    1892: Milwaukee, Wisconsin. E. G. Holland New Colossal Shows drew fair attendance last week in spite of wet weather. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.
    1892: Milwaukee, Wisconsin, May 30. E. G. Holland's Show gave two performances yesterday at the National Soldier's Home, near this city. This is the first circus that ever showed in the Home grounds. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 194.
    1892: Milwaukee, Wisconsin. June 7. E. G. Holland's Circus opened their fifth week in the city last night to fair business. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 210.
    1892: Wanted, for E. G. Holland & Co. New R. R. Shows, performers in all branches. Good bro. team, strong bar or any strong ground act. Write or wire Ashland, Wis., 21, West Superior 23, Duluth, Minn. 25. Must join at once. E. G. Holland & Co. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 318.
    1892: Roster of brigade No. 1, of E. G. Holland & Co.'s New Colossal Shows. Harry Murray, general agent; Fred W. Hyde, in charge of paper; C. A. Clarke and Harry Smith, billposters . . . New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 372.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Holland's, Minneapolis, MN Aug 1?-20. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 376.
    1892: The Gollmar Bros. have closed with the E. G. Holland & Co.'s Circus, and will stay at their home, Fremont, O. this winter, where they will run a canvas show Oct. 18-2?. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 488.

    1893: Wanted, for Holland & Co.'s New Colossal Shows, Circus, Museum and Menagerie. Male and female artists in all branches of circus business, riders, acrobats, gymnasts and aerial. Boss canvasman. 4 and 6 horse drivers, animal men, chandlier, band, sideshow and concert people. A wagon show. Have for sale a light band wagon, 10 band suits, 25 lengths 10 tier seats and other show property. Address Holland & Co., Delavan, Wis. Candy stand to rent. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 13.
    1893: Performers wanted, in all branches. Wire Manitowoc, Wis. 19, Green Bay 22. Address E. G. Holland & Co. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 245.
    1893: Wanted, at once, alto or trombone, to double second violin in concert. F. L. Shelters(?), leader. Holland & Co.'s Circus, Stevens Point, Wis., July 1, Grand Rapids, 3, Pittsville 4. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 276.
    1893: Wanted, circus and concert people in all lines and branches of the biz. Address E. G. Holland & Co.'s New Colossal Show, Plainview, Minn. Aug. 3(?). New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 358.

    1894: On the road, circuses: Holland & Co.'s, Racine WI May 17, 18, Milwaukee 19-__. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.
    1894: Notes from Holland & Co.'s Shows: The advance brigade (No. 1) of Holland & Co.'s Colossal Shows, Circus, Museum and Menagerie left Delavan, Wis., the winter quarters, May ?, with the following people: G. S. Primrose, general contracting agent . . . Mike Carrell, boss bill poster; Chas. Young, lithographer and programmer . . . We carry one four horse bill wagon, on two horse paste wagon, and one agent's buggy. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 164.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Horner & Russell - 1891, 1893-94

    1891: Wanted, a troupe of Japanese, from 5 to 19 people. Also first class circus acts of all description, band of six or eight solo musicians to double. Show travels by rail, making three day and week stands. Address John T. Horner, New Castle, Pa. Would like to hear from The Julians, ___ and Zeno, Harry Van Auken and the Three Hanlons. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 278.

    1893: Wanted, for Horner & Russell's International Railroad Shows. Circus performers of every description, musicians, canvas men, agents, bill posters, etc. Address, Horner & Russell, New Castle, Pa. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 309.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Horner & Russell's, New Castle PA July 21, 22, . . . Evans City 28, Sharpsburg 29. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 313.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Horner & Russell, Harmony PA July 26 . . . Evans City 28, Sharpsburg 29, Pittsburg PA 31, indefinite. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 329.
    1893: Roster of Horner & Russell's International Railroad Shows. John T. Horner & John N. Russelll, proprietors; A. S. Russell, treasurer; D. H. Mathews, advance agent . . . Al. Miaco, Mrs. Al. Miaco, Wm. Miaco, Mrs. Wm. Miaco, Fanny Miaco, Steve Miaco; Leonard and Lemar, horizontal bar and perch; Al. Mulford, equilibrist; Buckskin Bill and R?y Farrow, fancy shooting; John N. Russell and John T. Horner, song and dance; Diamond Brothers, clog and plantation song and dance; Fanny Miaco, skipping rope, wing and skirt dancer; doortenders, J. N. and A. S. Russell and Mrs. A. S. Russell; ticket seller, John T. Horner; concert ticket sellers, Mat Diamond, Lew Diamond and Ed. Cook; and Prof. James Rogan's band of eight pieces. The show runs its own cars, one Pullman sleeper, one stock car and one 60ft. flat car. They opened at New Castle, Pa., July 27. So far business continues good. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 378.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Horner & Russell's, Braddock PA Aug 16, Glenwood 17, McKeesport 18, 19, Homestead 21 . . . Chartier 23. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 379.
    1894: John T. Horner writes us as follows: "John T. Horner & Co.'s International Railroad Shows will open in New Castle early in May. We have not added several herds of elephants, or camels, or trians of horses and wagons, chariots, etc., but the show has been brightened up with a view of making it the neatest three car show on the road. It will be the same as it has been for two seasons, excepting new canvas." New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hough & Huston - 1902

    Wanted for Hough & Huston's High Class Shows, circus people doing two or more acts that can be featured. Prefer those who can do turn in concert. Want child performers in any line for our Lilliputian Department. Want to hear from good musicians; will feature a twenty mouth piece band. Also want people for clown band who can work in big show or concert. . . . will play cities mostly. Want to buy cars fit for passenger service, want to buy ponies, trained and untrained (spotted preferred), can use trained donkeys, pigs and monkeys. . . . Show will open in Marion, Indiana, on or about April 21. Will make long season South. Will pay cash for desirable show property. J. Hamilton Huston, Gen. Bus. Mgr., Hough & Huston's Shows, Marion, Indiana. New York Clipper, January 18, 1902, p. 1039.
    Marion, Ind., Jan. 22. — Two amusement companies are being formed in Marion, expecting to go on the road in the spring. Of these the Hough and Huston circus company is to open in this city on April 21. John Hough, general manager of the Marion gas company, is to finance the undertaking, and J. Hamilton Houston, formerly agent for the Gentry shows, will be general manager. Men have been engaged for the several departments, and have arrived in the city. The show will carry trained animals, novelties and high class circus acts. Ralph Bailey, the well known bandmaster, has announced the formation of a 10 and 20 cent circus, to open here, with C. G. Conn, of Elkhart, the financial backer. The big tent lias arrived, and the season will open in Marion. Fort Wayne Morning Journal-Gazetter (Fort Wayne, IN), January 23, 1902, p. 2.
    Hough & Huston's First Class Show notes. We are fast getting in shape for the coming season, and from all indications we will have the best popular priced show on the road. We are building it in Marion, Ind., Mr. Hough's home, and are quartered in the large brick building formerly used for manufacturing purposes, which makes a very desirable circus quarters. We have bought about thirty head of pones and large horses. The new parade wagon are being shipped in. Crystal Slipper, Blue Beard, Robinson Crusoe, Red Riding Hood and Jack the Giant Killer floats are completed and will be a feature in the children's department. Harry Howard and his troupe of ten ponies, eight baboons and twenty dogs are engaged for the season. . . . Many high class circus acts are engaged for the coming season with this show. T. A. Ogden, the well known bandmaster, formerly with the Gentry Bros.' Show, is engaged to take charge of the band of twenty members. The street parade will be new and the big show will be like the old fashioned one ring and an elevated stage. The menagerie top will be an eighty, with a thirty foot middle piece. The big top will be a hundred, with two forty foot middle pieces. This show will play most cities, and will open in April. New York Clipper, March 8, 1902, p. 23.
    Marion, Indiana. Hough & Huston's lilliputian circus, which will take the road April 24. They have engaged the ??? Family of seven acrobats, the ??? Family of six children from five to ??? years of age, Professor Harry Howard and his troupe of dogs and pones, Kilpatrick, cyclist, The S???Bors. Acrobatic ???, and Thomas Ogden, musical director. Mr. Hough is now in the show business. Mr. Huston was for four years ??? with the management of the Gentry shows, touring then through Mexico. New York Clipper, April 12, 1902, p. 144.
    Marion, Indiana. Hough and Huston's Circus, which opened in this city the first of April, closed its season in Sedalia, Mo., Sept. 20. The show will return here for the Winter. Marion, Indiana. The Hough & Huston Dog and Pony Show has gone into winter quarters in this city. The owners report a successful season. The will materially enlarge the show during the Winter. New York Clipper, October 4, 1902, p. 705; October 11, 1902, p. 729.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

M. K. Houlton's - 1893

    Notes from the Houlton Show. Everything is booming at the winter quarters. The roster: M. K. Houlton, sole proprietor and manager; R.(B.?) B. Houlton, treasurer; Doad Houlton, director of brass; G. Houlton, director of string; G. W. Belford, director of amusement; G. Smith, master of stock; F. Freed, master of canvas; and A. Turner master of property. There will be thirty six head of stock with the show. These people have signed: G. Belford, Mrs. Mollie Belford, Mrs. Houlton, and school of trained ponies and dogs; A. Hausterman . . . Clark Bros., Mrs. Maud Houlton, Mrs. L. Houlton, Sig. Ramsey, M. Maberley . . . Gertie Smith . . . Show will open early in May. There will be an eighty feet top, with a forty feet middle piece, and a forty feet dressing room. New York Clipper, February 18, 1893, p. 800.
    Notes from M. K. Houlton's Show. This is our fourth week, and we have been playing to big business. The roster: The Belfords . . . Sullivan and McGowan; A. T. Wheeler; Hosterman and wife; Master Ervie Blford; the Houlton Bros. M. K. Houlton and wife; Fisher and Waller; Riley and Turner; M. Mabery(?), in advance with four assistants; Dode Houlton, leader of band; Prof. McWaller, leader of orchestra; J. C. Sullivan, equestrian director; P. J. McGowan, director of concert . . . Sullivan, Wheeler and McGowan, concert and reserve seat tickets . . . Concert people are: The Belfords, A. T. Wheeler, Thompson, Sullivan and McGown . . . and Little Dot Diamond, Mme. Frazee's troupe of trained dogs, ponies and goats. M. K. Houlton has added to his stable eight fine dapled [sic] grays to assist in moving his canvas. These make thirty-eight head in all. George Belford was surprised with several presents from the company May 31, that being his birthday. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 230.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Howard Bros. - 1918

    New Motor Circus. Bloomington, Feb. 28— This city already the home of circuses and circus men, will have another one on the road this season. The Howard Bros.' circus now is being organized here, to be owned by J. W. Gentry, and Harry Howard, both veteran circus men. The show will have 100 persons, thirty horses, thirty ponies, three elephants, eight auto trucks and eight baggage wagons, and will be transported on auto trucks instead of by rail. Logansport Pharos-Reporter (Logansport, IN), February 28, 1918, p. 8. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Huffman's Dime Circus - 1885

    The make-up of Huffman's Dime Circus now in the South is: Manager, Frank Huffman; agent, James Tribble; equestrian director, Sam Dickey; performers, Miles Orton and family - Menhard (clowns), James Gardnier, James Bensley, Nellie Lewis, Alive Rivers, and Prof. F. M. Williams' silver cornet band of eight pieces. Wm. Gay is manager of the concert and reserved seats; Jack Fitzgerald, boss canvasman, with five assistants. Canvas, 110 foot round top, with 30 foot middle. New York Clipper, December 12, 1885. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hunting's Circus - 1889, 1890-94, 1896

    1889: Roster of Hunting’s New York Cirque Curriculum: R. Hunting, proprietor and manager; Arthur Christy, treasurer; Mack Evans, advance . . . New York Clipper, April 20, 1889, p. 97.
    1889: The “Wizard’s Annex” with Hunting’s New York Circus, consists of Griffin, the wonder worker; Olivia, the white witch; Mormon, broken glass dancer; Capt Gordiers, headless soldier; Bohemian Glass Blowers; Prof. Miller, the Demon Child, Harry . . . New York Clipper, May 4, 1889.
    1889: At Pittsburg, Pa., during the evening performance of Oct. 7, Robert Hunting, of Hunting’s Circus, was presented with a handsome gold chain and locket by the members of his company. Mr. Hunting had just finished his clown song when Treasurer Christie stepped into the ring and made the presentation. Mr. Hunting was taken by surprise, but responded in his usual happy way and banqueted the company after the show. They closed their season at Pittsburg 7, without an accident of any consequence. Most of the company will play dates during the winter. New York Clipper, October 19, 1889, p. 541.

    1890: Hunting's New York Circus will open its coming season at New Castle, Pa., considerably enlarged. Manager Hunting is now at New Castle, superintending the building of wagons and cars. Mack Evans is to be the general agent and Prof. Chas. E. Griffin will manage the sideshow. New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 759.
    1890: Frank Appel has signed with Robert Hunting's Great New York Circus. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 807.
    1890: Ricardo and ___ go with Hunting's New York Circus next season. This will make their sixth season with that show. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 829.
    1890: Call. All people engaged for Hunting's New Railroad Shows report for rehearsal at the show lot at New Castle, Lawrence Co., Pa., Wednesday, April 30(?). Bob Hunting, proprietor. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 94.
    1890: The Ty Bells closed with the Shields' Show April __ at Augusta, Ga., and are taking a brief rest at their Chicago home before opening for the season with Hunting's New York Circus. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.
    1890: Prof. Griffin reports excellent business with Hunting's New York Circus despite rain and mud. . . . New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.
    1890: The complete roster of Hunting's New Railroad Shows. Robert L.(?) Hunting, sole proprietor and manager; Mack Evans, in charge of advance car, with Hayes(?) Evans, John Doads(?) and Wm. Perrin as assistants . . . Prof. ___ Wheelhouse, leader and the following musicians: Prof. Sam Wolf, Joe Welch, Geo. Glidden, ?. L. Morey, Harry Oliver, Will Herrick and Frank Connery. Performers: R. L. Hunting and John J. Murray, clowns; Ricardo and ___, triple bar and acrobats; the Tybells, perch and Mexican ladder acts; Lew Hunting, tight wire; Hollis, contortionist; Frank Appel, dancing rope and grotesque juggler; Annie Austin, aerial artist; and Prof. C. W. Austin's troupe of educated dogs and ponies. Concert: Arthur and Frank Christie . . . and May Oliver. Griffin's Wizard's annex: Prof. Chas. Griffin, wonder worker; Olivia, snake charmer and mind reader . . . Prof. Young, glass blower . . . Conroy and Murray, programme advertisers . . . Frank Smith, steward and master of transportation with six assistants; Harry Smith, master of properties, with two assistants; Harry Williams, master of stock with three assistants; and Ed. Clark, master of canvas, with two assistants. . . . opened at New Castle, Pa., May 3(?) and will tour New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.
    1890: Hunting's Circus happenings. . . . Mlle. Loretta, aerialist, recently of the Bristol(?) Show, joined us at Danville, N. Y., 19(?). . . . Ed. Clark, master of canvas, left us 2?. Everybody is well and business is good. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.
    1890: Grandest gymnastic novelty extant. Ty-Bells. Balancing perch artists. Only lady in the known world doing this act. Hunting's Circus. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 304.
    1890: Hunting's Circus happenings. Corning, N. Y., July 4 was our banner day of the season so far. Geo. W. Orrin, the Mexican circus manager, John Worland and Lee Powell visited us on the Fourth. The Elmira Telegram of July 13(?) contained portraits of manager Hunting and Prof. Griffin. John J. Murray presented Arthur Christie with a handsome silver headed unbrella, and Frank Christie with a gold headed cane. Mr. Hunting left on 21(?), for a week's business trip East. During his absence the show will be in charge of assistant manager ___. The Ty Bells have introduced several new tricks in their balancing. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.
    1890: Notice, managers and performers, I wish to inform you that Villetta Ty-Bell, of the Ty-Bells, is the only lady in the known universe doing a balancing perch act. . . . Julian Ty-Bell, en route, Hunting's Circus. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 320.
    1890: Hunting's Circus happenings. Our boss hostler, Albert Baker, was last seen by any of our company at Callicoon(?), N. Y., July 24. Word has just reached us that the body of an unknown man was found in a pond a few days after we left. It is thought by some that he may have committed suicide. Frank Griffin(?) (not Frank S.), formerly of the Barnum Show, now has charge of the stock. Walter L. Main . . . and Mr. Kunkelly were visitors at Patterson, N. J. F. M. Conyers and wife left us 7, for Philadelphia, to organize their "My Sister" Co. James Wilson took charge of the canvas ?. Florence Murray was presented by her husband with a handsome gold watch, and a gold thimble by Mlle. Olivia, 6(?), the occasion being her twentieth birthday. P. J. Morris, of the Frank A. Robinson Show, visited with us 11(?). Viletta Ty Bell presented her husband Julian Ty Bell, with a handsome diamond ring, 11. Hollis is doing two clever acts this season - contortion and grotesque juggling - besides clowning "bars" during Mr. Hunting's absence. Prof. Griffin is now at work on his route book, a novel feature of which will be short stories by different members of the company, with an appendix, "How to Join a Circus." New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.
    1890: Hunting's Circus happenings. . . . At Reading, 21, "Patsy" Griffin was thrown from the band wagon, and sustained severe internal injuries. Mack Evans, of the advance, was with us 2?. He will be interested in Prof. Griffin & Co.'s Glassblowers and Wizard's Annex. . . . New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 420.
    1890: James Ford has succeeded James Wilson as boss canvasman with Hunting's Circus. . . . Mlle. Lorretta presented Ricardo and Fritz, of this show, with new satin suits, Sept. 25(?). . . . New York Clipper, October 11, 1890, 487.
    1890: The Ty Bells have finished their engagement with Hunting's Circus, and will shortly join the Gaiety Burlesque Co. They have also been re-engaged for Hunting's Circus next season. New York Clipper, October 11, 1890, 487.
    1890: Wanted for Hunting's Circus, a good return act, also a lady to do a good single trapeze. Address Bob Hunting, New Castle, Lawrence County, Pa. New York Clipper, December 13, 1890, p. 636.

    1891: Bob Hunting, the well known and widely esteemed circus proprietor . . . His compact little show has for years preserved an excellent record as a solid money maker, and its energetic proprietor has flourished accordingly. Mr. Hunting is passing the winter as usual at his Newcastle, Pa. home. New York Clipper, January 17, 1891, p. 714.
    1891: Frank C. Cooper, at present business manager of the Henry Burlesque Co., will do the railroad contracting for Bob Hunting's Railroad Shows next season. New York Clipper, January 31, 1891, p. 743.
    1891: Bob Hunting is very busy in Newcastle, Pa. His recent letter is a pleasing acknowledgement of our endeavors in the circus and bill-posters’ columns. “Bob,” as he seriously objects to the more dignified Robert, for fear his many friends would not recognize him, will be in greater shape than ever this season. He has always had a compact and reputable show. New York Dramatic News, February 7, 1891, p. 12.
    1891: Prof. Chas. E. Griffin will manage the sideshow with Hunting's New York Circus again next season, which will be his sixth consecutive season with that show. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.
    1891: The Ty-Bells, Violetta and Julian, go with the Hunting Show next season. This will be their second season with that show. New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 22.
    1891: Hunting's New Railroad Shows will begin their annual tour at New Castle, Pa., the latter part of April. Capt. Mack Evans has arrived at the winter quarters, which present a busy appearance with car builders, painters, decorators, etc. Hays Evans will have charge of advance car No. 1, Frank Cooper will do the contracting. Capt. Mack Evans will be assistant manager and Prof. Chas. E. Griffin will manage the sideshow. A great many new people have been engaged. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.
    1891: The Christie Bros. closed their tour at the Buckingham Theatre, Louisville, Ky., March 28(?), and will take a vacation at Mt. Clemens, Mich., for four weeks, prior to assuming control of the concert with Hunting's Circus. It will be their fourth year with that show. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 59.
    1891: Roster of Hunting's Railroad Shows, as organized for the tenting season of 1891: Robt. Hunting, proprietor and manager; Capt. Mack Evans, assistant manager; Hays Evans, general agent with eight men; Frank C. Cooper, railroad contractor; Prof. Wolf and his band of twelve pieces; Arthur Christie, treasurer; Prof. Chas. E. Griffin, press agent; M. J. Ricardo, equestrian director; Harry Meehan, master of circus; the Hunting Family, aerialists; Ricardo and Fitz(?), triple bars; the Ty Bells, ladder performers; El Nino, tight rope walker; ___ and Livingstone, trapezists . . . Mlle. Inez French, juggler; Prof. Meehan's educated dogs and ponies . . . Bob Hunting, Lew Hunting and Frank Christie, clowns; the Christie Bros., Girard and Earl McCoy and Wilson and May Weldon, concert performers; Prof. Chas. E. Griffin, manager of annex; Olivia, Zan Zuma, Prof. Young and George Hays, Jocko and a gallery of illusions, annex attractions; James Wilson, chief steward; Peter Hilliard, master of canvas; Harry Smith, master of properties and others. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 59.
    1891: All people engaged for Hunting’s circus are notified to report in Newcastle, Pa., April 22. A flute player, who doubles in brass, is wanted by Proprietor Hunting. New York Dramatic News, April 11, 1891, p. 12.
    1891: Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. Bob Hunting commences his circus season at New Castle, Pa., 22. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 79.
    1891: [Hunting's] . . . Professor Charles E. Griffin; Wolf’s band of twelve pieces; Hunting Family; Ricardo and Fitz; Ty Bell; El Nino Eddie; Livingstone; Brothers Zat-Zan; Lew Hunting; Professor Meehan. Concert: Earle; McCoy. Wizard’s Annex: Griffin (fifth season); Zan Zuina, broken glass; George Hays; Jocko. Wilson, chief steward; Peter Hilliard; Price, master of stock. Two stable tents. Open April 24. New York Dramatic News, April 11, 1891, p. 12.
    1891: New Castle, Pennsylvania. Hunting's New Railroad Show opens its season here 24-25. Robert Hunting was laid up with a severe attack of "La Grippe," but has pulled through and is about again. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 116.
    1891: Notes from the Hunting Show. We opened at Newcastle, Pa., April 25, to big business. Although our opening occurred on Friday and with thirteen acts, there were no mistakes to mar the occasion. Lew Hunting is clowning this season, it being his ??? as "Joey," and he proves to be a veritable chip of the old block. Giles Pullman, agent of Walter L. Main's Show, called upon us. Capt. Mack Evans has an efficient working force, among them being old time Tom McGovern (Deafy), James Wilson, Ed. Clark, big K??? Watson, Chas. Sprucer, Harry Smith, McCleary and others. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 150.
    1891: Hunting's Circus happenings. At Alliance, O., April __, a terrific wind and rain storm hurled every stitch of canvas to the ground except the side show. The performance was held at ___'s Opera House that night to a large audience. Although poles were broken and the canvas torn, assistant manager Evans had everything up in time afternoon of May _, and the show never missed a performance. At New Brighton(?) we heard with feelings of deep regret of the terrible death of Prof. D. P. Hurlburt, Mr. Hunting's old partner and one of the finest gentlemen that ever graced the circus. We hoped against hope that the rumor was an idle one, but when we read in the "Old Reliable" our worst fears were realized. Mr. and Mrs. Hunting were deeply effected by the sad news, and Mrs. Hurlburt has the heartfelt sympathy of our entire company. . . . New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 167.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Hunting's Wheeling W. Va. May 13, 14, Wellsburg 15, McDonald 16 . . . Washington, Pa. 19, 20 . . . Pittsburg 22, 23. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 171.
    1891: Notes from the Hunting Show. Business continues good through Western Pennsylvania. At Wheeling, W. Va., May 12, ___ Meredith, a former member of our company, led the parade. S. R. Shepherd, another old timer, also visited the show. Dwight Clapp, of the Jackson Show, was with us at Wellsburg 1?. A troupe of jubilee singers have been added to Griffin's Annex. At Washington, 2?, the Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children had Mr. Hunting arrested for showing his son, Lew, to appear in the ring, but Lew was proven to be over the required age, and the Society had to pay costs, etc. James Ford joined the company at Pittsburg. . . . We have had more sickness than usual among the company this season, but at present all are well and happy. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 198.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Sharpsburg, Pa. May 27 . . . Evans city 29, Butler 30, Grove City June 1, Marcer 2, Greenville 3, Meadville 4, Franklin 5, Oil City 6. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Greenville, Pa. June 3 . . . Franklin 5 . . . East Brady, 9 . . . New Bethlehem 11, Brookville 12 . . . New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 219.
    1891: Hunting's Circus continues on tour through Pennsylvania, showing to the capacity of a brand new and much enlarged canvas, which went up for the first time at Sharpsburg, Pa., May 27. At Butler, 30, we had the banner day up to date. Sam A. Scribner was a recent visitor . . . Mrs. Ricardo visited with her husband at Franklin, 6(?). John L. Fitz has been on the sick list for the past week. Matt Ricardo is doing good work with Griffin's Annex. El Nino Eddie left at Kittaning(?), 10(?). Prof. Griffin is already at work on his route book for 1891, which will surpass any he has heretofore published. The Ty-Bells are practicing a new act for next season. Our new band chariot is only excelled by Prof. Sam Wolf's musicians, who occupy it on parade. This excellent organization is one of the strong features of our show. The Christie Bros. are managing the concert to the satisfaction of all concerned. . . . Although this is Girard and Earl's first season under canvas, they stand the rains and blow downs like old timers, and are doing well. Everybody is well and happy. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 251.
    1891: Wanted for Hunting's Circus, first class return act, bounding rope, or any sensational novelty. R. Hunting, Brockville, Pa., 17, Ridgeway 18, Bradford 19, Salamanca, N.Y. 20, Jamestown 22. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 258.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, . . . Lancaster NY 26, Attica 27, Batavia 29, Leroy 30, Dansville July 1, Mt. Morris 2, Genesse 3, Avon 4. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.
    1891: Hunting's Circus happenings. Business continues up to the top notch. Thos. McGovern left for New York June 27(?). . . . Burt Fisher, of Wallace's Show, was a recent visitor. "Marvell," a new illusion, is a recent addition to Griffin's Wizard Annex. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 296.
    1891: Wanted for Hunting's Circus. Aerial return act, bounding rope, or any sensational novelty. Robt. Hunting. Route: Addison, N.Y. 8, Corning 9, Elmira 10, Waverly 11, Athens, Pa. 13, Owego, N.Y. 14, Binghamton 15, 16, Great Bend 17, Susquehana, Pa. 18 . . . Hawley 21. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 307.
    1891: Notes from Hunting's Railroad Shows. J. R.(?) Tucker, the circus agent, visited us at Athens, Pa., July 11. At Waverly, 14, the plank wagon was over-turned while loading it on the cars, and several spectators narrowly escaped being crushed under it. John G.(C.?) Wagner has taken Will Ritchey's place in the band. Our season, which, by the way, is the most prosperous one Manager Hunting has ever had, is now about half over, and the far seeing are already seeking their winter engagements. . . . Prof. Griffin will take his Bohemian Glass Blowers and Wizard's Annex on their third annual tour, with Capt. Mack Evans as manager. They will open at or near New York City, and tour the New England states. "Shorty" Wilson has been on the sick list for several days. With this exception the people are all well and happy. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Port Jervis, N.Y. July 22, Middletown 23, Goshen 24, Passaic, N.J. 25, Patterson 27,28, Hackensack 29, Rutherford 30, Jersey City 31, Aug. 1. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 332.
    1891: Jersey City, New Jersey. Hunting's Circus opens at Erie and Tenths Streets July 31, Aug 1. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Hackensack, N.J. July 29, Rutherford 30, Jersey City 31 Aug 1, Newark 3, Orange 4, Newark 5, 6. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 347.
    1891: Hunting's Circus happenings. Proprietor Chas. Lee, Hal Egleston and Harry Moreland, of Lee's London Show, visited us at Middletown, July 23. Manager Hunting and Prof. Griffin visited the Lee Show at Goshen, on the same date. W. A. Jebb, chief clerk of the passenger depratment of the Erie R. R., with his family and staff, were guests of Mr. Hunting at Passaic, 25(?). It was a jolly party. Washburn and Arlington visited us at Rutherford ??. We had a great many visitors at Jersey City, 31, among them Neil Smith, Sam Scribner, Wm. Doris, the Ducrows, Wm. Edwards, Henrietta Leonard, John Sanders, Harry Taylor and Will Gaffney. The latter presented Lew Hunting with a nickle drum major's baton. Prof. Griffin presented his wife, Olivia, with a handsome solitaire diamond ring, Aug. 1. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Bob Hunting's, Newark, N.J. Aug 5,6, Elizabeth 7, Rahway 8, Perth Amboy 10, South Amboy 11, Red Bank 12, Long Branch 13, Asbury Park 14 . . . New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.
    1891: Jersey City, New Jersey. Hunting's Circus had big business July 31, Aug 1. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.
    Patterson, New Jersey. Bob Hunting's Circus played to the full capacity of its tent July 27, __. New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.
    1891: Notes from the Hunting Show. Business has been big through New Jersey. Edwards and Williams joined at Newark, Aug. 3(?). Mr. Edwards' backward dives from a pyramid of tables is one of the most sensational acts ever seen with this show. Hays(?) Evans, for the advance, will manage Gordan Bros.' Minstrels during the winter. Prof. Griffin will have two companies of glassblowers on the road this winter. Capt. Mack Evans will manage the No. 2 show. Manager Hunting was very sick last week, but is now able to be around again. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Red Bank, N.J. Aug 12, Long Branch 13, Asbury Park 14 . . . Jamesburg 17, Bordentown 18, Trenton 20, 21, Bristol, Pa. 22. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.
    1891: Wanted, A1 clarionettist, one doubles brass preferred. Sam Wolf, leader Hunting's Circus. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 394.
    1891: Chas. Young, treasurer of Hunting's Circus, was assaulted and nearly killed Aug 14(?), at Asbury Park, N.J., by George ___, one of the clowns with the show. The latter's wife is an albino snake charmer, traveling with the circus, and the assault was the result of her husband's jealousies. Glimm(?) was arrested and fined $__ and costs, the injured treasurer refusing to make a complaint. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.
    1891: Trenton, New Jersey. Bob Hunting's Circus showed here 19, 20 to big business. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 421.
    1891: John Williams, the Spanish clown, has left the Hunting Show, and has signed with Frank A. Gardner's Circus for South America. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 469.
    1891: Hunting's Circus happenings. . . . Johnny Williams, the clever little performer, left Sept. 11 to join the Gran Circo Gardner for a tour of South America. He is missed both in the dressing room and in the ring. After the big show is over in the afternoon the interior of our main canvas looks like one of the "big" shows, four and five acts being in at one time practicing. Frank Watson left 14(?). . . . Business continues big. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 484.
    1891: The Ty-Bells close with Hunting's Circus Oct. ? to join Leopold & Bunnell's "___" Vaudeville. New York Clipper, October 3, 1891, p. 503.
    1891: Hunting's Circus closed its season Oct. 3(?), at New Castle, Va. The tour proved exceedingly satisfactory, and the show will be greatly enlarged for next season. New York Clipper, October 10, 1891, p. 518.
    1891: Lawlor(?) and Edwards closed a successful engagement with Bob Hunting's Circus Oct. 3 . . . New York Clipper, October 10, 1891, p. 518.
    1891: Dan O'Brien, formerly of the Hunting Show, is resting at New Castle, Pa. New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 535.
    1891: Prof. Chas. E. Griffin's book, "Traveling With a Circus and Showman's Directory," including the route book of Hurlburt, Hunting & Frost's Circus and Menagerie . . . a chronological record of the happening with Hurlburt, Hunting & Frost's Circus since 188? . . . New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 537.
    1891: Wanted, Hunting's Circus, eight small 2 horse cages to go cross ways on cars. Also elephant and camels. Address Bob Hunting, New Castle, Pa. New York Clipper, October 31, 1891, p. 581.
    1891: Hunting's Circus notes. The winter quarters at New Castle, Pa., present a lively appearance. Carpenters, car builders, painters and decorators are at work getting things in shape for next season. Manager Hunting recently returned from the West with a complete menagerie, ten cages of animals, an elephant, two camels, thirty head of stock and ___ new 60 ft. cars. He will add a gorgeous street parade, which will make this one of the strongest shows on the road. The decorating of the cages, etc., will be done in white and gold. Prof. Griffin will put on a brand new sideshow, this being his seventh consecutive season as manager of that department. New York Clipper, December 19, 1891, p. 683.

    1892: Hunting's Circus notes. "Genial Bob" has just returned from Buffalo, where he had been giving orders for his new lithographic paper. Every sheet is special, and it will be one of the best advertised shows on the road this season. The show will be double its former size. Among the recent additions are a troupe of performing seals and a baby camel. The elephant Empress is being put through a course of ___, and will appear in a new act. Prof. Griffin has recently purchased what is said to be the largest snake ever brought to this country. It measures 30ft. 7(?)in. in length, and is as large around as a ten year old boy. Prof. Payne's Colored Female Band have been engaged for the annex. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 792.
    1892: Bob Hunting wishes it understood that he is sole owner of Hunting's Circus, Museum and Menagerie, and is not connected in any way with Mr. Hurlburt. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
    1892: Robert L. Hunting paid a flying trip to the metropolis last week on business connected with his circus, which is now in winter quarters at New Castle, Pa., undergoing extensive alterations and improvements for the coming season. A menagerie of ten cages, with the usual complement of elephants, camels and other ponderous animals, will swell the outfit to imposing size and importance. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
    1892: Bob Hunting has engaged H. W. Link as railroad contractor, and C. C. Wilson as general agent. The show, by the addition of the menagerie, will be twice its former size. The annex, under Prof. Griffin's management, will be larger and better than ever. . . . A separate canvas will be used for the Gallery of Illusions. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
    1892: Notes from Hunting's Circus. Everything around the winter quarters is in a state of excitement, and a few days more will complete the equipage of a show that for completeness cannot be excelled. Everything except the proprietorship will be new. Every sheet of paper used this season will be lithographed, and under the watchful eye of Harry Link the general agent and two assistants, with ten subordinates, there is no doubt that there will be plenty of it used. There have been added twelve new cages and two magnificent tableau wagons, two sleeping cars, two box cars and four flat cars, each sixty feet long. The show will require eighty head of horses and one hundred men, besides the advance brigade. The sole owner, Bob Hunting, is justly entitled to his feeling of pride, as he quietly superintends everything. Our roster will be a surprise to all, as it comprises many of the best in the profession in their various lines. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.
    1892: Geo. T. Hays has been re-engaged for the sideshow with Hunting's Circus. It will be his sixth consecutive season with that show. Pat Hurley, Irish giant, and Ella Zubrika, circassian, are also recent engagement. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.
    1892: Melville Raymond has signed as treasurer of Hunting's Circus. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.
    1892: Musicians wanted, for the Bob Hunting New York R. R. Circus for the season of '92. Solo cornet, piccolo and flute, or alto to double flute in orchestra. Address Will C. Youngs, musical director, Wise's Theatre, la Fayette, Ind. P.S. Musicians in all branches write. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 44.
    1892: Hunting's Happenings. Robert Whittaker, equestrian director, is rapidly getting the stock in trim, together with four Shetland ponies for Master Lew Hunting's four pony act. Master Lew is making rapid progress under the careful training of Mr. Whittaker, and bids fair to become an equestrian of much merit. Mark Monroe, late of the Forepaugh and Frank Robbins Shows, has charge of the animals, and is breaking the elephants Queen and Empress for the ring. Animals are arriving almost daily, and our menagerie will be "in it." Mr. Hunting is negotiating for a pair of hippos. Melville B. Raymond has signed as general manager and treasurer. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
    1892: Prof. Chas. E. Griffin's Bohemain Glass Blowers closed their season at New Castle, Pa., March 26. Business manager Eggleston will rest at his home until April 30, when he joins Chas. Lee's London Show at Canton, Pa. . . . Prof. Griffin, George Hays and Fred Griffin will remain at New Castle until April ??, when they go on tour with Hunting's Circus. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
    1892: Melville B. Raymond, manager of the Rose Osborne Co. . . . join Hunting's Circus as manager and treasurer. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 52.
    1892: Wanted, curiosities for sideshow with Hunting's Circus and Menagerie. Those with 10x12 or 10x22 paintings given preference. Railroad show. Chas. E. Griffin, New Castle, Pa. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 63.
    1892: Long and Edwards have canceled their engagement with Hunting's Circus. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.
    1892: Wanted, Hunting's Circus and Menagerie, a few more billposters for car No. 2. People engaged for advance report April 12(?). Would like to hear from aerial return act, also triple horizontal bar performers. Bob Hunting, New Castle, Pa. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 78.
    1892: ?. W. Link has resigned as general agent and railroad contractor for Bob Hunting's Show. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.
    1892: Frank Cotton's Donkey Circus will close its winter season at Allegheny, Pa., April 23, and open the summer season with Hunting's New York Circus at New Castle, Pa., April 2?. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 98.
    1892: Hunting's Circus happenings. Robert Whitaker, equestrain director, who has been on the sick list for several days, is now convalescent, and getting the ring stock in shape. Louis Hunting will astonish his young friends all over the country with his pony act, and Mr. Whitaker himself is riding out of sight. Consignments of animals are arriving almost daily, and our menagerie will comprise some of the choicest specimens in the country. H.(?) W. Link has resigned as railroad contractor; the position will be filled by Melville B. Raymond. The Christie Bros. arrived April 1?. New Castle, Pa., has been billed for the opening date, April 29(?). The paper is all special and of the finest. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 98.
    1892: The Booths . . . double trapeze act and breakaway balancing ladder. They have signed with Bob Hunting's Circus. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 101.
    1892: Hunting's Circus opened their tour at New Castle, Pa. The roster: Robt. Hunting, proprietor and manager . . . H. H. Hays, in charge of car No. 1, with sixteen men; S. B. Smith, programmes; M. B. Lynch, lithographer; Robt. Whitaker, equestrian director . . . James Wilson, master of canvas, with twenty-two men; N. B. Clark, boss of ring stock . . . M. Parker, train master, with ten men; Robt. Whittaker . . . Lewis Hunting, Bob Hunting, Frank Christy, Frank Cotton, Petit and McVey, De Hollis . . . the Christie Bros., the Booths, Little Eagle, Senorita Tatala . . . Girard and Earl, Prof. Harry Mohan . . . Geo. Hayes, Prof. Chas. Griffin and Prof. W. C. Young and band of twelve men. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Corning NY May 19 . . . New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Susquehanna PA May 25, Port Jervis NY 26, Middleton 27, Goshen 28, Newburg 30. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.
    1892: Providence, Rhode Island. Hunting's Circus exhibited at Arctic(?) Centre, R.I. The performance was excellent. This is the first tour of the show East. . . . New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.
    1892: Hunting's happenings. For the past sixteen stands the weather has been more than fine, and business is excellent. The show now has seventy-six head of stock and one hundred and fifty people, with twenty people in advance. Our daily paper average for four weeks has been one thousand four hundred and eighty sheets, every sheet of which is lithographed. A sacred cow and a yak were added to the menagerie at Hyde Park. . . . in this section of the country, there will be considerable war between a number of the small shows, as they all seem to be trying to get every town first. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.
    1892: During the evening performance on Decoration Day at Newburg, N.Y., an accident happened with the Hunting Circus to Robert Whittaker, the bareback rider. Mr. Whittaker's horse stumbled and fell, throwing him heavily to the ground, and then running over him. He jumped up quickly, bowed to the audience and walked to the dressing room. It was afterwards learned that the horse had stepped on his right leg. He received no serious injury, but suffered considerable pain. . . . Mr.Whittaker appeared in the ring in a few days after the was hurt, but was quite lame. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.
    1892: Notes from Hunting's Circus. We are doing good business in the East. Mr. Hunting procured two rare animals last week, an India antelope and a ___. Rob Whittaker has recovered, and is winning praise for his new equestrian act. . . . New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.
    1892: Wanted, for Hunting's Circus, 10 bill posters. Address M. B.(?) Raymond, general agent, Hartford, Ct. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 257.
    1892: Providence, Rhode Island. Hunting's Circus came __ to large business. The show was first class in every respect. Bob Hunting, the old time clown; El Nino Eddy, tight rope dancer; the Booths(?) in their ladder balancing act; the bareback riding by Robert Whittaker and Miss Tatali(?) on the flying rings were prominent features. . . . New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.
    1892: Hunting's happenings. The elements are with us, and business is phenomenal, notwithstanding the opposition which seems to make our business better. At Hartford, Ct., upwards of 4,?00 sheets of lithographic paper have been used, and 6,000(5,000?) quarter and half sheet heralds are put out daily, and will be until the date of the show here. There are now twenty men ahead of the show, and a skirmishing brigade of ten more will join in June. Stands three and four decks high are almost a daily occurrence, and Mr. Stephens, the car agent, is laying awake many nights trying to think of a scheme whereby he can secure walls as high as the temple of Haman(?). Excursions are run daily, and the show is making a reputation that can do nothing but insure success. At Barnstable, Mass., June 21, over 1,200 people were brought in on excursion trains running as far down the Cape as Provincetown, and not only do we please the immense throngs of people that visit the shows daily, but our reputation precedes us to such an extent that business is uniform, whether the elements are favorable or not. Work was begun on the new winter quarters at New Castle, Pa., on June 20(?), and when completed Mr. Hunting wil possess one of the finest winter quarters in the country. They will be heated by steam and lighted with electric lights throughout. Each man connected with the quarters will have a living room, and each living room will open to the animal quarters. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.
    1892: Roster of the sideshow with Hunting's Circus and Menagerie: Zamora (triple jointed dwarf), C.A. Bonney Albino . . . Prof. Hays (glass blower), Ed. Manley and Fred Griffin (solicitors), Nip Clark, Bob Landon, Burt Landon and Philip Walker (Congo Band), Punch and Judy, gallery of illusions, and Prof. Chas. E. Griffin, manager. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.
    1892: Charles E. McVey, and acrobat in Hunting's Circus, while performing at Bristol, R.I., June 2?, fell from the horizontal bar and struck on the back of his head. The blow produced complete paralysis. His relatives in Ohio were notified by wire. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.
    1892: Hunting's Circus. This has been a week of gloom, although we have done a brisk business. Chas. McVey, of Pettit and McVey, aerial team, while doing a twister forward somersault, at Bristol, R.I., struck the outward bar with his head, which caused him to fall on his neck when he struck the net, causing a compound fracture of the spine. Everything was done for his relief, but it was of no avail. He was removed from the train to the Rhode Island Hospital, where he is now lying in critical condition, with but slight hopes of his recovery. His friends at Zanesville, O., were immediately notified, and are expected on. (Later. - A telegram as we go to press, June 28, informs us that Mr. McVey died on that date, at one o'clock P.M. - Ed. Clipper.) Millie Sereto, barrel kicker and juggler, while leaving the dressing room tent on her horse, struck a guy rope, causing her to fall from her horse, breaking her arm and hurting her head. She has gone home until she recovers. Doc Manley is doing effective work for Mr. Griffin. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 261.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Hartford CT June 29, New Britain 30, Waterbury July 1, Newton 2, Danbury 4. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 265.
    1892: Wanted, aerial team to do two acts. Address Hunting's Circus, wire New Britain, Danbury, Waterbury, Ct. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 273.
    1892: Providence, Rhode Island. Charles McVey, aerial gymnast of Hunting's Circus, who fell striking his head on a trapeze bar duing the evening performance of the show in Bristol, R.I., 24(?), died from his injuries in the Rhode Island Hospital 28. His father left with the remains, 29, for Zanesville, O. Mr. McVey's death was caused by the breaking of the spine at the fifth vertebra. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 276.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Stamford CT July 6, Port Chester NY 7, Mt. Vernon 8, Newark NJ 9. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.
    1892: Hunting's happenings. We are again in the territory where the reputation of Hunting's Shows is second to none, and business is phenomenal. The receipt of one performance at Newark, N.J., were larger this year than they were for the two performances last year. What might have proved a serious accident was the breaking of a __ft. flat car while making the run from Willimantic to New Britain. It caused quite a dely, but otherwise the damange was small. The Fourth was spent at Bridgeport, and the Sunday before was enjoyed by all. At Elizabeth, N.J., we were unable to accommodate the people at either performance, while Asbury Park and Long Branch fell in line as record breakers over any previous visits. William Booth, of the Booths, has doubled with Mr. Pettit, of Pettit and McVey, and they are now doing an aerial return act that is a contiual round of applause. At Elizabeth Mr. Pettit was hurt, though not seriously, while doing a twister. It was while doing this same trick that Charley McVey was killed at Bristol, R.I., two and one half weeks ago. Mark Monroe has returned from a week's vacation to Philadelphia. Arthur Christie, who has been treasurer for years, bid farewell to the white tents forever July _, and will enter the plumbing business. His position has always been filled to Mr. Hunting's utmost satisfaction, and his departure was regretted by all. His place is now being filled by Harry Girard, of Girard and Earl. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.
    1892: Chas. E.(?) McVey, who lately met his death with the Robert Hunting Shows, was born at Zanesville, O. . . . He entered the profession, while in his eighteenth year, with Thos. Pettit, and for eight years they were like brothers. Their first engagement was with the Weldon Circus as horizontal bar performers. The following season found them doing bars and double trapeze with Wallace & Co.'s Shows. During the season of 188?-89(?) they did an aerial return act with Sells Bros., and last season they were the feature with French & Co.'s Circus. "Charley," as he was familiarly known by his many friends, was one of the finest aerial performers the world has ever seen. He was a stranger to fear, and, even after he knew his neck was broken and he could not live, he met death with that quiet, pleasant way that was so characteristic of him. His dying words were: "Boys, be good," and the tone in which he uttered them struck deep into the hearts of his listeners. He leaves a father, mother and three brothers. One, Carl McVey, is a professional ball player and a member of the San Jose, Cal., nine. Elmer, another brother, is a member of Wallace & Co.'s No. 1 Band. This was to have been Mr. McVey's last season in the circus business. The funeral services were held at Zanesville July 1, under the auspices of the K. of P., of which Mr. McVey was a member. the floral tributes were numerous and beautiful. A large wreath of white flowers, with the K. of P. emblem in immortalies; a floral flying trapeze, bearing the name of the deceased, and a large tower of roses from the members of the Sells Bros.' Circus were conspicuous among the remembrances. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Easton PA July 20, Bethlehem 21 . . . Pottsville 25, Lebanon 26, Steelton 27, Carlisle 28, Shippensburg 29. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 300.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Steelton PA July 27, Carlisle 28, Shippensburg 29. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.
    1892: Hunting's happenings. Business is good, and at Elk Garden, Davis, Sutton, Weston and Buchanan we were unable to accommodate the people at our afternoon performance. T. B. Austin, formerly of the Barnum advance corps, now has charge of advertising car No. 2. The amount of paper used daily is steadily on the increase, and often twenty-five hundred sheets is a day's work. Things on the B. & O. R. R. got pretty lively between nine shows, all skirmishing for billing space. New York Clipper, September 3, 1892, p. 407.
    1892: Frank Cotton lost one of his trained donkeys recently . . . Mr. Cotton will close with the Hunting Show Oct. ?. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 438.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Girard Ill. Sep 14(?), Carrollton 1?, Edwardsville 17, Smithtown 19, Centralia 20, Mt. Vernon 21. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 443.
    1892: Hunting's Circus happenings. Our three days' business at Cincinnati was a surprise to everybody. Chas. Wheeler took charge of the train Sept. 1. Mr. Hunting has been in the advance for past week. Geo. Curry is our new master of canvas, and always gets the "big top" up in good time. We are now headed South, and have prospects of a long season. Prof. Griffin's Route Book will be out in October, and it promises to eclipse any of his former efforts. New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 456.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Mt. Vernon IN Sep 21, Poseyville 22, New Harmony 23 . . . New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 461.
    1892: Hunting's Circus happenings. Frank Christie is working alone. . . . Chas. T. Madden, the old time clown, was a visitor 15(?) . . . Manager Hunting has been ahead of late, and during his absence Frank Christie does the principal clowning. At the close of this season, Prof. Griffin will consolidate his two shows for a tour East. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 488.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Russellville, KY Oct. 5(?), Glasgow 6, Elizabethtown 7 . . . New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 489.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Richmond, Ky. Oct. 12 . . . Paris 14, Carlysle 15, Corinthia 17 . . . New York Clipper, October 15, 1892, p. 504.
    1892: Hunting's Circus will close at Covington, Ky., Oct. 20. After reorganizing the show will begin a southern tour Nov. 1. Frank Cotton and his donkeys close at Covington, and open at Kohn & Middleton's Museum, at Pittsburg 15. . . . Robt. Whittaker retires from the profession 20, and will go into the stationery business at Jamestown, N.Y. New York Clipper, October 15, 1892, p. 507.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Covington, Ky., Oct. 19, 20. New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 523.
    1892: Girard and Earle closed a long season with Bob Hunting's Shows, and after resting in Kansas at Miss Earle's home, they open their season at the Madison Street Opera House, Chicago, Nov. 13. New York Clipper, November 5, 1892, p. 558.
    1892: Eddie Martine has closed his successful season with Bob Hunting's Circus, and has gone to Cuba with Sig. Pubillones. New York Clipper, November 12, 1892, p. 570.

    1893: Wanted, circus people. A good aerial, return and triple bars; band and orchestra; in fact, people in all branches of the business, except riders, as I have them engaged. People go to hotels. Address Bob Hunting, New Castle, Pa. New York Clipper, January 21, 1893, p. 744.
    1893: The Three Millette Bros., acrobats [and] De Hollis and Valora, have signed with Hunting's Circus for next season. New York Clipper, February 18, 1893, p. 800.
    1893: Prof. Chas. E. Griffin and his Bohemian Glass Blowers and Wizard's Novelty Annex, closed a fairly successful season at Ravenna, O., Feb. 2?. Prof. Griffin, Geo. Hays and Prof. ___ all go with Hunting's Circus the coming season. Mme. Leonard and Prof. Snyder have returned to this city. The latter will have charge of the annex with Hunting's Circus the coming season. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.
    1893: Everything is moving along in fine shape at the Winter quarters of Hunting's Circus. The show is greatly enlarged. Five cars have been added, including a new advance car. Several animals arrived last week. There will be three open dens in the parade. Mr. Hunting has just arrived home from the West, where he made some purchases for his show, including two car loads of horses. New York Clipper, March 25, 1893, p. 34.
    1893: Hunting's Circus and Menagerie is meeting with its customary success through New York and Pennsylvania. The show is by far the largest and best Mr. Hunting has ever had. . . . New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
    1893: Jersey City, New Jersey. Hunting's Circus, June 7-8. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Paterson NJ June 1, Passaic 2 . . . Hackensack 6, Jersey City 7, 8 . . . New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
    1893: Wanted, Robt. Hunting's Circus and Menagerie, boss canvas man, I'll pay $75(?) per month. Also canvas men, 6 and 8 horse drivers, etc. Want billposters and lithographers. Advance people address R. W. Link, Cohoes, N.Y. Others address Robt. Hunting, per route. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 210.
    1893: Albany, New York. Barnum & Bailey had crowded tents May 22. Pawnee Bill's Wild West due June 1?, Hunting's Circus, 16. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 218.
    1893: Wanted, for Hunting's Circus, sketch team, man and woman for concert to do two single turns and sketch. Jersey City Wednesday and Thursday, Hoboken Friday, Haverstraw Saturday, Newburg, N.Y. __. Bob Hunting. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 226.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, . . . Ticonderoga, NY 26, Port Henry 27 . . . New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.
    1893: Wanted, for Hunting's Circus, double drummer and concert team, black or white face to do two turns in concert. Wire as per route: . . . Saratoga, NY 22, Glenn Falls 23, Whitehall 24, Ticonderoga 26. Bob Hunting. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 261.
    1893: Wanted, for Hunting's Circus and Menagerie, 10 billposters, also colored musicians for second band. Address H.(?) W. Link, care U. S. Hotel, Boston, Mass. vJuly 8, 1893, p. 294.
    1893: The dressing room tents of the Hunting Shows were blown down at Littleton, N.Y., on July 22. No one was injured. Reports of excellent business come from the show, and all are in good health. H. Curtis has been engaged as press agent. New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 346.
    1893: Roster of Hunting's Railroad Shows, Circus, Museum and Menagerie. Robt. Hunting, proprietor and manager; H. W. Link, general agent; Hays Evans, contracting agent; H. F.(P.?) Curtis, charge of advertising car No. 2; Oliver D. Burr, boss billposter; Harry Nichols, "Paddy" Shea, Joe Freeberg, Lew Greenman, Chas. Edwards, F. D. Decker and Willie Green, lithographers and programmers . . . A. G.(?) Ortman, in charge of paper with eight billposters; Chas. W. Otis, treasurer; M. J. Haley, master of canvas with twelve men; Robt. Hammond, master of transportation with six men; Harry McDonald, master of stock with sixteen men . . . Boston Hood, in charge of menagerie . . . Prof. W. C. Youngs, musical director with twelve musicians. Performers: Robt. Whitaker, equestrian director; Master Lew Hunting . . . John J. Murray, the Three Millettes, Pauline Stokes . . . Brothers La Van . . . Martine, Tony Hunting, Valora and De Hollis. Concert: the Gannon Bros., John and Florence Murray . . . Mrs. De Hollis and John Gluck. Sideshow: Prof. Charles E. Griffin, manager; F. J. Case, Fred Griffin, Major Zamora, Princess Zello, C. A. Bonney . . . Geo. Hays, Mlle. Olivia . . . Landrum Brothers, Tony Abraham and Steven Burt?s Jackson. . . . Business has been good through New England. Mr. Hunting denies that Geo. Aiken and Walter Main have bought an interest in his show. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 362.
    1893: At Flushing, L. I. on Aug. 27, the employes of Hunting's Railroad circus refused to erect the tents or do other work until they received the money which they claimed was due them. Mr. Hunting, however, appeared late at night, and, showing the men that he was in possession of ample funds, and assuring them that he would pay them on the following day, induced them to return to work. Some of the men endeavored to get attachments against the show, but failed. New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 412.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, . . . Port Jefferson, NY 31, Huntington Sept 1 . . . Babylon 7, Far Rockaway 8, Long Island City 9(?). New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 413.
    1893: Chas. Griffin writes that everything is running smoothly with Hunting's Circus. The reported strike at Flusing was due to a few unruly agitators, who have been dismissed from the show. On Aug. 21 at Milford, Mass., the sideshow canvas blew down and a ___ pole struck Olivia Griffin on the right arm, fracturing the bone. She has been unable to work for a week. On the same day, Martine knocked his knee cap out, and Harrison Millette(?) sprained his wrist. Martine resumed work 28(?). New York Clipper, September 9, 1893, p. 428.
    Wanted, for Hunting's Circus and Menagerie, aerial team to do two acts, a band to double in string, people in all branches of the profession. Show will make a long season. See route. Bob Hunting. New York Clipper, September 9, 1893, p. 440.
    1893: Young's band close their season with Hunting's Circus on Oct. 7. New York Clipper, September 16, 1893, p. 447.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Freehold NY Sep 20 . . . Brighton 22 . . . New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 461.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, . . . Newark DE 29, Middletown 31, Centreville MD Oct 1 . . . Easton MD 5 . . . Georgetown 7. New York Clipper, September 30, 1893, p. 479.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Parksburg, VA 14. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 495.
    1893: Wanted, for Rob't Hunting's Circus and Menagerie. Local contracting agent. Long season South. To commence work Oct. __. H. W. Link, general agent, Hunting's Circus, Lynchburg, __. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 506.
    1893: Wanted, lady to do outside ascension, hair or teeth slide, one that does an act in big show preferred. Also cook house people and man to run buffet car. Would like to hear from Eddie Ward, Louis Kelly and Kid Davis. Address Robt. Hunting, per route. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 508.
    1893: Hunting's Circus happenings. Business has been big in Delaware and Maryland. Frank A. Robbins has been with us since Aug. 2?, and we wonder sometimes how we got along without him before. He is as energetic as ever and says he will yet have another big show of his own. Dan Rice was a visitor at Long Branch Sept. 22, and James J. Corbett was with us Sept. 16(?). Prof. Young's band closed Oct. 2, and Eugene Wack's band opened, with the following musicians: Paul Charles, M. F.(?) Owens, George Stevens . . . Wm. Parker, Edwin Taylor, H. Whitier, P. M. Rice. John Garrison left us Sept. __. . . . Florence Murray was thrown from her horse Oct. 4, during parade, sustaining painful but not serious injuries. Prof. Griffin's annual route book is now in the hands of the printer and will be far ahead of any of his previous efforts in that line. . . . New York Clipper, October 21, 1893, p. 526.
    1893: Wanted, circus people in all branches, for long season south. Also curiosities and attractions for sideshow. Address Chas. Griffin, Hunting's Circus, Norfolk, Va., Oct. 16, Suffolk, 17, Bellefield 18, Lawrenceville 19 . . . S. Boston 21, Lynchburg 23. New York Clipper, October 21, 1893, p. 540.
    1893: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Marion, Va. Nov 2, Abingdon 3 . . . New York Clipper, November 4, 1893, p. 559.
    1893: Names of people in Hunting's Circus, Museum and Menagerie advance car No. 2, when they finished the season at Bristol, Tenn.: H. W. Link, general agent . . . Q. B. Burr, boss billposter . . . L. Greenman, E. Rankin, T. West, F. L. Bahr, G. Nelson, C. Mosier, William Davis and Hank Robinson. . . . The following named persons are with brigade No. 3: . . . William Johnson, Charles Jordan, Abe Wockline, Harry Summers, Milton Henry . . . New York Clipper, November 4, 1893, p. 561.
    1893: Major Zamora, the triple jointed midget, and wife, have closed with Hunting's Circus, after a successful season of thirty(?)-two weeks. New York Clipper, November 4, 1893, p. 563.
    1893: Hunting's Circus closed its season Nov. 4, at Bristol, Tenn., and the performers departed for their respective homes. The La Van Bros., aerialists, have a four weeks' engagement at the Augusta, Ga., Exposition, beginning 14. The show will winter in Norfolk, Va., and will be enlarged and improved. Prof. Eugene Wack's Military Band has been re-engaged for next season. Col. T. J. Forde will put out a "Uncle Tom" show this winter, and F. H. Robbins and J. W. Porter will organize a specialty show in Norfolk for a southern trip. H. H. Whittler will winter in Dallas, Texas, where he has an engagement. Eugene Wack is engaged for the Sweeney, Alvido & Co. Minstrels. New York Clipper, November 11, 1893, p. 579.
    1893: Robt. Whittaker has just finished his second season with the Bob Hunting Shows, which closed its season at Bristol, Tenn., Nov. 4. Mr. Whittaker returned with the show to its winter quarters at Norfolk, Va. . . . New York Clipper, November 18, 1893, p. 595.
    1893: Norfolk, Virginia. Huntington's Circus is quartered at Lester's(?) Park for the winter. New York Clipper, November 25, 1893, p. 611.
    1893: Wanted, riders, gymnasts, acrobats, wire walkers, rope dancers, aerial artists, concert people, etc., also R. R. contractor, general agent, press agent, men to run advertising cars, contractor, boss canvas man, boss hostler, master transportation, chandelier man, animal men, etc. Bob Hunting. Lesser's(Lesner's?) Park, Norfolk, Va. New York Clipper, December 2, 1893, p. 634.
    1893: Ashton Bros. have signed with the Robert Hunting show for next season. New York Clipper, December 30, 1893, p. 687.

    1894: Wanted, for sideshow with Hunting's Enormous All New Railroad Shows. Museum attractions of every description, freaks of nature, new and novel acts, long haired ladies,e tc. Also colored band of ___ pieces, who can sing. Address Chas. E. Griffin . . . New York Clipper, January 13, 1894, p. 731.
    1894: Wanted, for Hunting's Circus, specialties, ladies preferred. Also contortion act, lady preferred. Robt. Hunting, Lesner's(?) Park, Norfolk, Va. . . . New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 760.
    1894: Wanted, for Hunting's Circus band, season of 1894, alto player, clarionet player, for band and orchestra. Address Eugene Wack, Norfolk, Va. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 825.
    1894: Notes from John H. Sparks New Shows. . . . Eugene Wack, solo cornetist in Prof. Chattaway's band, leaves shortly to take the directorship of the Hunting show band for ensuing season. We were favored with a visit Feb. 12, by Col. G. W. Hall, whose organization is now touring south. J. W. Wisner, general agent of Harris' Nickel Plate Shows, paid us a flying visit 19. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.
    1894: Roster of Hunting's Circus band: Prof. Eugene Wack, bandmaster . . . Joe Brown . . . Thos. Lynch, Hal Hayes . . . S.(?) S. Rice, Chas. Walton . . . S. M. Blair, ?. Milligan, N. Cornelius, Ed. D. Royce . . . and G. Smith. New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 37.
    1894: Morrison and Delaney, Irish comedians, singers and dancers, have signed with Bob Hunting's Circus for this season. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 53.
    1894: Notes from Hunting's Circus and Menagerie. The red wagons are on the lot and rehearsals commenced March 24(?). The ring show will be all new this season, with the exception of the Lavans. We have added twenty head of horses, four ponies, two open dens and four tableaux. Prof. Eugene Wack, with his band of twelve pieces, is here, and will give us the best music we have ever had. Equestrian director David Costello is breaking four new ring horses and is getting along nicely. Prof. Jacobs' colored band of eight pieces will furnish music for the sideshow this year. The most recent engagements for the annex are the Allyns, long haired sisters, and a pair of wrestling bears. Jacob Posey, master of stock, and his assistants are kept busy exercising the horses. Wesley Emerson, master of canvas, is putting the finishing touches on our new reserved seast. the Hotel De Hunting, under the supervision of F.(P.?) W. Porter, is in full blast, to the delight of the inner man. New animals are arriving daily, the latest additions being a giant kangaroo, and emu and an ostrich. W. A. Conklin will soon arrive with another consignment of animals. Geo. Skelding(?), superintendent of advance, with the No. 1 car, is now in North Carolina, and will cover the state thoroughly. Superintendent Frank A. Robbins says the show this year is the best hooked up aggregation he ever saw to make money, and that we are sure of a prosperous season. Manager Hunting certainly has the largest and best equipped show he has ever had, and one that he may justly feel proud of. We open our season at Norfolk, Va., Saturday, March 31. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 53.
    1894: The Ashtons were compelled to cancel their season's engagement with the Bob Hunting Show on account of sickness. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 68.
    1894: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, . . . Princess Anne, Md. 12. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 82.
    1894: Notes from the Robert Hunting Show. The Robt. Hunting Show is booming. We completed our seventh day out April 7(?) at Newport News, Va. Business has been uniformly good, and in some towns big. The show is the largest, strongest and best Mr. Hunting has ever run, not a weak act in the ring. The band is elegant, every man a soloist, under the leadership of Eugene Wack. The Le Vans are doing a fine act this season . . . Bob Hunting's clowning takes will in the South; he is a great favorite in that section. Louis Hunting, the manager's son, is developing into a first class performer. He does several acts now that will rank with the best of them, although almost a child in years. The menagerie is quite a feature this season, and Mr. Hunting expects to strengthen it in a few days so that it will be among the top ones. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 87.
    1894: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Georgetown DE April 18, Milford 19 . . . Dover 21 . . . New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 98.
    1894: Hunting Show notes. - We are in our third week of this season. Last week we lost our Tuesday and Wednesday stands on account of the storm, which struck us very severely; the ground would not hold a stake. On other days business was very good. The white spectre walks regularly, consequently happiness abounds. Dave Costello and wife are riding finely this season. Mr. Costello is breaking a new horse for a finish act. The Malcoms are doing two strong turns . . . The Japs do two very elegant acts, which are a novelty in this section. Bob Hunting still keeps them yelling with his songs and funny antics. The concert is strong and pleases. Frank A. Robbins, the general manager, is around everywhere; nothing escapes him, and he is decidedly the right man in the right place. Louis(?) Hunting is clowning the bars this season, in his father's place; he's all right, and a veritable chip off the old block. Every day the show improves. The side show is the biggest we have ever had. The cook house is run by Col(?) Porter, and the bill of fare is excellent. The Colonel smiles on his patrons, as he grasps their paste boards before they enter. The band is . . . giving all the latest and popular music. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 103.
    1894: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, . . . Princeton NJ 26, Rahway 27, Elizabeth 28, Stapleton NY 30, Bayonne NJ May 2, Greenville 3. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 114.
    1894: Notes from the Robt. Hunting Shows. The shows are now in their fourth week, and are drawing in the shekels every day, and plent of them too. The manager's roll [sic] is increasing every day, and Bob's many friends will be pleased to know that he is advancing steadily, surely and firmly up the ladder of fame. The show is improving every day. Last week, although we had considerable rain, the business was the best of the season so far. Frank A. Robbins, the general manager, hustled early and late, and Jake Posey, master of stock, and Wesley Emerson, master of canvas, are able assistants. The side show is doing a rattling business and manager Griffin is consequently happy. . . . Morrison and Delaney are in the concert, and they give a hot one. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 117.
    1894: On the road, circuses: Hunting's, Bayonne NJ May 2, Greenville 3, Hackensack 4, Passaic 5, Port Jervis NY 7, Middletown ?, Goshen 9. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 130.
    1894: Notes from Hunting's Circus band. Mr. Hunting has this year the best band he has ever had. It is composed of twelve men, all soloists, under the direction of Eugene Wack. Charles Bratton(?), doublephone soloist, is making a hit in the nightly concerts. Ed. D. Royce, our basso profundo, is holding his end up well. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.
    1894: Notes from the Robt. Hunting Shows. We have just concluded the fourth week, and genial "Bob" has put aside a good sized bank roll. the business has been satisfactory to the manager and all concerned. At ___, Pa., we had over four hundred of the patients of the insane asylum visit the afternoon show. At Westchester(?) we had many visiitors from the Forepaugh and other shows; also at Elizabeth, N.J., many well known performers and other showmen visited us. Our concert has been strengthened by the addition of Jerry Campbell and ___ Lewis, and in its present shape is good enough for anybody. Mr. Hunting has gone to the metropolis to purchase some animals to increase the menagerie. . . . Princeton, N.J. was the "___ day" of the season. The students packed the canvas afternoon and night. On parade(?) they stripped the clown, took his wig and entire dress, and carried the pony cart up to the fifth(?) story of one of the colleges. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.
    1894: Notes from the Robert Hunting Shows. During the short time we have been out we have visited seven different states, and have not as yet had a losing week. We have had a large number of visitors the past week, and all expressed themselves as highly pleased with the outfit. Mr. Hunting just increased his menagerie considerably; he also purchased Frank Cotton's trick mule, Denver, who does a great act, and is decidedly a feature of the show. The Le Van Brothers closed their engagement May ?, and will sail for Europe shortly. They will be greatly missed professionally and personally, as they were very popular. . . . Frank A. Robbins is still at the helm as general superintendent, and everything is as perfect as a military barracks. Bob Hunting still holds his own as one of the best singing and talking clowns now before the public. . . . Louis Hunting is practicing a return act, and is doing nicely. Everybody will and happy. Col. Porter keeps his larder well supplied, and the cook house is right in it. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 149.
    1894: Notes from the Hunting Shows. The Hunting Shows have just concluded another prosperous one week's business. The weather has been delightful. Our camel died in Middletown, N.Y., May ?. This town was formerly the residence of our general manager, Frank A. Robbins, and he has been kept busy all day shaking hands with former friends and old neighbors. Dave Costello and wife are doing some excellent riding. The Three Kodaks are making the success of their lives. The Malcolms hold their own on the traps and rings. Louis Hunting is doing talking clown this season and he's all right. The Japs are doing three strong acts. . . . The Two Graces, Billy and Lena, are one of the features of the show, and genial Bob is on hand daily, as chock full of fun as ever. The parade is a big feature and the streets are alsways lined with people. Many showmen visited us last week, and here, being so near New York, we expect quite a rush of them. The white spectre walks regularly every Sunday, and the boys are all happy. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 164.
    1894: Roster of Bob Hunting's Circus and Menagerie. Bob Hunting, sole proprietor, F. A. Robbins, general manager and treasurer; D. Costello, equestrian director; Hays Evans, general contracting agent; George Skelding(?), chief of Brigade No. 1, with twelve men; . . . Eugene Wack, leader of big show band, with twelve musicians; Chas. Br??on, leader of orchestra; Jake Posey, boss hostler, with eighteen assistants; Emerson, boss canvasman; Robt. Hammond, assistant boss canvas man with twent assistants; F. W. Porter, steward, with ten assistants; George A. Hill, manager of privileges. Performers in big show: Dave Costello, principal somersault rider; Mlle. Ada, principal lady rider; the Malcolmes, aerialists; Mlle. Theola, Spanish rings; Kama(?) Kichi, contortionists and flying perch; F?di Kichi, barrel kicking, high wire and Japanese slide; the Three Kodaks, brother act; Hunting and Baker, flying return act; Gag?ier, light and heavy balancing; D. C. Loughlin and wife, two horse carrying act; Prof. Meriz?, trained ponies and the trick mule Denver, and Bob Hunting, principal clown. Concert people: Campbell and Delaney, Joyce and Carroll, Elsie Lewis, and Boston(?) Hood. Annex department: C. E. Grimm(?), manager; Frank A. Griffin, F.(P.?) J. Case, ticket sellers; Wm. H. Jacobs, leader of band with eight musicians; Mlle. Olivia, second sight; C. A. Bonney, musical Albino; J. D. Franklin, tattooed man; Joseph Webb, Missouri giant; Geo. Hays, knife thrower; Mme. Hays, moss haired lady, and Prof. Charles, magician and ventriloquist. New York Clipper, June 2, 1894, p. 195.

    1896: Hunting notes. Chas Griffin, manager of annex with this show, reports the following engagements: Faust, the fire fiend; Mlle. Olivia, psychologist; Prince Gogi, Zulu chief; Prof. Kinzie, sword ___; Aderamas, circassian; ___ Rooster Orchestra and Australian Kangaroo Dog, and Prof. Joshua McNott's Brass Band and Jubilee Troupe. Engagements with the main show are Malcolm and T?eola, aerialists, their third season with the show, and the Harbecks. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hurd & Berry - 1893-94

    On the road, circuses: Hurd & Barry's, Brighton IL June 1, Upper Alton 2, Edwardsville 3. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
    On the road, circuses: Hurd & Berry, Hamburg NY Sept 20-22(?), Trenton NJ ___. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 461.
    On the road, circuses: Hurd & Barry's No. 1, Trenton NY Sep ___; Hurd & Barry's No. 2, Allentown PA Sep ___. New York Clipper, September 30, 1893, p. 479.

    1894: On the road, circuses: Hurd & Berry, Memphis TN Mar ___. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 2.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hurlburt & Hunting's - 1885

    Hurlburt & Hunting’s Consolidated Shows open their season in Corning, N.Y., May 2, and will travel by wagon. The show will have the following people: Hurlburt & Hunting, proprietors; D. P. Hurlburt, manager; Robert Hunting, equestrian director; O. S. Cary, advance manager; J. R. Tucker, contracting agent; Geo. W. Wallaker, master of paper, with six billposters; D. P. Hurlburt’s educated horses and dog circus; Clarice Hunting, female gymnast; Lulu Austin, outside ascension and revolving globe; Mattie Tucker, high wire, bicycle and balancing trapeze; Romello and Leroux, horizontal bar and brother act; The Huntings (Clarice and Robert), flying trapeze; Al. Meredith, contortionist; W. G. Wren, general performer; Crawford Bros., Russell and Horner, Bob Hunting (principal clown), Jack Russell (second clown), W. G. Wren (knockabout clown), Prof. Howard’s silver cornet band and orchestra of eight pieces; Lee Beachey, boss canvasman, with eight assistants; Dick Martin, boss hostler, and ten men. Number of horses, 38, Show controls all its own privileges, except sideshow. See also Washburn & Hunting’s. New York Clipper, April 25, 1885. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Hurlburt & Leftwich - 1890-94

    1890: Greatest Horse and Dog Show under Heaven. Prof. D. P. Hurlburt, proprietor, has joined hands with R. R. Leftwich, a showman of experience, and will open under canvas June 2(?), at Fargo, North Dakota, and will want a few first class performers in all branches of the business except riders. Also a few musicians, a boss canvasman and chandelier man. Show will go by rail, short jumps, no big salaries, no traveling expenses advanced. Outfit entirely new. Sideshow and concert privileges to let. Albert Merideth, write. Address Hurlburt & Lefwich, Souix Falls, North Dakota. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 95.
    1890: Max W. Zimmerman has charge of the concert and sideshow with the Hurlburt & Leftwich Circus, which opens its season early in June at Fargo, N. D. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.
    1890: Wanted at once, for the sideshow and concert, with the Hurlburt & Leftwich Trained Animal and New R. R. Shows, a Punch and Juby performer that does magic, [unreadable text] a good knockabout team for concert . . . Wanted to buy, sideshow paintings. Write Max Zimmerman, manager . . . New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 188.
    1890: Roster of Prof. D. P. Hurlburt and R. R. Leftwich's Combined Shows: Prof. D. P. Hurlburt and R. H. Leftwich, proprietors; Prof. D. P. Hurlburt, manager . . . W. G. Wren, equestrian director. . . . John O'Donnell, Lew Palmer, C. S. Payne . . . Fred Corey, Sam Holland, M. Carro, musicians; W. G. Wren, Chas. S. Payne, W. G. Wren and wife, ___ Wilson and Sam Holland, performers; Max Zimmerman, manager sideshow . . . Tennessee Jubilee Singrs, Elks' Quartette, sideshow lecturers; Sam Zimmerman, ticket agent; Lew Palmer, concert director. . . . W. G. Wren, Nellie Payne and Jo Jo, concert people . . . Sam Holland boss canvasman . . . New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 262.
    1890: Hurlburt & [Leftwich] . . . with Max Zimmerman's Museum and Menagerie, reports large business through the Dakotas. Prof. Hurlburt's educated horses and dogs are a feature of the show. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.
    1890: Prof. P. D. Hurlburt's 'Great Hippocynagon' of Trained Animals, Max Zimmermann's Mammoth All Star Specialty Co. Hurlburt & Zimmerman, sole proprietors and managers. The finest hall show . . . Hurlburt & Zimmerman, proprietors, Zimmerman, Minnesota. New York Clipper, September 27, 1890, 462.
    1890: Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Shows closed a successful season at Norfolk, Va., Oct. 18. Their tour was principally through the states of Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa and Nebraska. They open their hall season in November, at Sioux City, Ia. Prof. D. P. Hurlburt was presented by the company with a gold headed cane during the pleasant exercises of an oyster supper, in which the entire company joined. New York Clipper, November 1, 1890, 533.
    1890: Prof. D. P. Hurlburt's Hippocynagon, in conjunction with Max Zimmerman's troupe of European gymnasts, opens its season at Creighton, Neb., Nov. 22. The organization is composed of finely trained horses, dogs and donkeys, and is represented to be one of the most novel entertainments on the road. They travel in their own cars, and make a special feature of their street parade. . . . R. R. Leftwich is in advance. New York Clipper, November 22, 1890, 587.
    1890: On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: [still out] Hurlburt's Hippocynagon, Sioux City, Ia. Nov 2?-28, Ven?ton, S. D., 30, Canton, N. D., Dec. 1, Sioux Falls 2, 3, Madison 4, Marshall 5, Wilmar 6. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 595.
    1890: On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: Hurlburt's Hippocynagon, Sioux Falls, N. D. Dec 3, Madison 4, Marshall 5, Wilmar 6, St. Cloud, Minn 8. New York Clipper, December 6, 1890, p. 611.

    1891: On the road. Hurlburt's Hippocynagon, St. Paul, Minn., Jan 5-10. New York Clipper, January 10, 1891, p. 699.
    1891: On the road, miscellaneous: Hurlburt's Hippocynogon, Minneapolis, Minn. Jan 12-17(?). New York Clipper, January 17, 1891, p. 707.
    1891: On the road, miscellaneous: Hurlburt & Leftwich's Hippocynagon, Awatonna, Minn., Feb 11, 12, Waneca 13, Janesville 14, Mankato 16, 17. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 771.
    1891: Hurlburt & Zimmerman closed their tour at Minneapolis, Minn, Jan. 18(?). R. R. Leftwich has bought Mr. Zimmerman's interest in the show, and it is now known as Hurlburt & Leftwich's Hippocynagon. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.
    1891: We are the people that never close, only for a few days to enlarge. Wanted for Hurlburt & Leftwich Combined Shows. The greatest trained animal show on earth, season 1891. People in all branches of the show business except riders. Lady to do outside ascension. Acrobats, gymnasts, musicians of all kinds. The show will bravel by wagons, short jumps. . . . Sideshow and concert privileges to let to responsible parties. Also wanted an agent and __ good billposters. R. R. Leftwich, the Barnum opposition man, will be in advance. Address Hurlburt & Leftwich, Cherokee, Iowa. New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 36.
    1891: Hurlburt & Leftwich's Hippocynagon closed its opera house season at Yankton, S. D., April ?, and shipped to Norfolk, Neb., where everything will be overhauled, renewed and repainted for the tenting season. The show opens at Norfolk, Neb., April 25(?). New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.
    1891: C. T. Taylor and W. D. Ament have secured the sideshow and concert privileges with the Hurlburt & Leftwich Show, which opened at Norfolk, Neb., April 25(?). The roster will be as follows: C. T. Taylor, door talker and magician; W. D. Ament (Mexican Billy), rifle shot; Annie Taylor, mind reader; Gray Eagle, tatooed scout; Zazell, Circassian; Harry Morton, cowboy musical artist; Roda, half lady. They have a brand new tent, 40x80ft., with a 100ft. front of 10x12 oil paintings. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 134.
    1891: Roster of Hurlburt & Leftwich's Circus, now touring Nebraska: Prof. D. P. Hurlburt and R. R. Leftwich, sole owners and managers; D. A. Ward, general agent, with six billposters . . . the Wrens, Chas. Payne . . . C. T. Taylor, Annie Taylor, Mexican Billy, Harry Alpedo . . . W. D. Ament, Eve Sheppard, Henry Martin, W. S. Wren, Charles White, J. H. Nelson and others. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 135.
    1891: The Hurlburt & Leftwich Combined Shows gave a dress rehearsal to a number of invited guests at Norfolk, Va., April 24. During the evening it was noticed that one of the gasoline lamps was leaking badly around a set screw that regulates the supply of fluid to the burners. Charley Wilson attempted to stop the leakage, but, failing, wrapped and handkerchief around the break, and left it. Not satisfied that this would stop the leak, Prof. Hurlburt made a second attempt to stop the leak, through which the dangerous fluid was dropping steadily. He stood beneath the lamp and the gasoline from the pipe fell upon his clothing as he worked. Finally, in a desperate effort to tighten it, the threads of the set screw broke and the gasoline spurted out. In an instant the clothing of the professor was in a blaze. He ripped off his coat and ran to the entrance, where he picked up a large canvas and wrapped it around himself, but it, too, caught fire, and failed to extinguish the flames that were roasting him to death. Quick as a flash, he was out of the canvas into the open air. He ran into the sideshow tent and out again in a vain endeavor to extinguish the flames. His movements were so rapid up to that time that nobody could get near him. As he came out of the smaller tent, he was caught and thrown to the ground. A carpet was thrown upon him, and after a hard struggle the flames were extinguished. The professor was taken to the Hotel Reno, where physicians dressed his wounds, relieving him as much as possible from suffering. Mr. Leftwich’s clothing also caught fire, but the flames were quickly extinguished, and he suffered but little injury. Several others had their hands badly burned in their endeavor to save Prof. Hurlburt. Some one had presence of mind enough to cut the rope that held the blazing lamp, and thus undoubtedly saved the tent and show property from destruction. The fire department responded promptly to an alarm that was sent in, but their services were not necessary. Notwithstanding the deplorable accident that came so near being a costly one in so many ways, the show gave its initial performance afternoon of 25. Although Prof. Hurlburt was not present to do his part, he had an excellent substitute, and hopes to be back to duty in a short time. R. R. Leftwich writes under date of May 1: Prof. Hurlburt died April 29, from the effects of the burns. The remains were embalmed and taken to Corning, N.Y., May 1, accompanied by Mrs. D. P. Hurlburt and her brother. The show will continue under the same name, Mrs. Hurlburt taking her husband’s place in the firm, under the management of R. R. Leftwich. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891.
    1891: Prof. D. P. Hurlburt, the well-known horse-trainer, who has made frequent tours through the county, died last Wednesday at Norfolk, Neb., from the effects of serious burns which he received in a circus-ring on the 24th ultimo. Prof. Hurlburt was giving an exhibition of his wonderful trained horses, when a large gasoline lamp which hung in the center of the tent was noticed to be leaking badly. He attempted to fix it, and the fluid streamed down his coat-sleeves and vest and caught fire. He ran outside and his assistants threw a carpet over him, but his arms, face and body were badly burned. The Professor was taken to his hotel and appeared to be doing well until last week Tuesday, when he was suddenly taken worse, and he died the following day. Prof. Hurlburt was 54 years of age. He was a member of the firm of Hurlburt & Hunting who traveled with a small but meritorious show for several years, and then he started out with his collection of educated horses and had been quite successful in his business. The funeral was held at Corning on Monday afternoon and the remains were buried there. (Tuesday, May 6, 1891, The Wellsboro Agitator, Wellsboro, Tioga Co, Pa.)
    1891: Notes from Hurlburt & Leftwich's Circus. The show is touring South Dakota with great success. We have not lost a stand or had a losing day since we opened April 2?. Mrs. Hurlburt joined us last week at ___ and has taken her late husband's place in the firm. Everybody gave her a warm welcome. . . . Mexican Billy [Ament] and Charlie Wren being the most fortunate hunters. Taylor & Ament, who have the sideshow and concert privilege, are great hustlers, and never fail to catch a big percentage of the people. We have played in a number of towns which had never been visited by a circus. The show is patronized by tribes of Indians, who seem to have plenty of money, which they spend freely. The sideshow paintings seem to be a great attractions, and they stand before them for hours. Everybody is in good health, and the white spectre perambulates regularly. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 198.
    1891: On the road, circuses: Hurlburt & Leftwich's, Watertown, Oak May 27 . . . Doland 31. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.
    1891: Advance guard of Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Show: D. S. Ward, general agent; J. W. Sweeny, contractor . . . C. Burdell, chief billposter, with four assistants, two advance wagons and six horses. The show reports a splendid paying business in the northern part of North Dakota. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 284.
    1891: W. A. Ament writes: "I have sold my interest in the sideshow to my partner, C. T. Taylor, who will continue with Hurlbrt & Leftwich's Circus for the balance of the season. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.
    1891: W. D. Ament has sold his interest in the sideshow with Hurlbert & Leftwich's Circus to his former partner, C. F. Taylor, at Fargo, S.D. Before leaving, Mr. Ament gave a reception to the sideshow and concert people. He will organize a strong fair ground show. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.
    1891: Wanted, aerial and bar people, sideshow and glassblowers. Long engagement. Wire Huron, S. Dakota, Aug. 17. Hurlburt & Leftwich. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 395.
    1891: Notes from Hurlburt & Leftwich's Show. We have been out fifteen weeks. Business is good. The show has not played to a losing week. We are in the middle of harvest, and still we win. D. S. Ward, our agent, has gone home sick. Mr. Leftwich was ahead a few days. We had a big shipment of paper burned at Huron, in the North Western Depot. The horses are working well under the management of W. McLaughlin, who has been with the show a number of years. The show will play opera houses this winter. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.
    1891: Wanted, all people that thought the Hurlburt & Leftwich Show would close when they left it read this: show's going on just the same. New York Clipper, September 12, 1891, p. 462.
    1891: Hurlburt & Leftwich's Show closed its season Oct. _ at Blair, Neb., and will go into winter quarters at Norfolk. The performing horses will be taken on the road to play engagements in opera houses, commencing Nov. 1?. New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 537.
    1891: Sparks from Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Shows. D. S. Ward has been engaged for general agent. The advance will have two bill wagons with six billposters. A. Holland, chief billposter, and G. Joslyn(?), programme agent. The show opens at Norfolk, Neb., April 23. R. R. Leftwich, our manager, is busy at Norfolk, repainting and enlarging the show. The ring stock is looking fine. . . . New York Clipper, December 19, 1891, p. 683.

    1892: Wanted, for Hurlburt & Leftwich Combined Shows, the mascot of all equine and canine wonders, season 1892. Acrobats, gymnasts, aerial people, talking and singing clown. Musicians of all kinds, lady to do outside ascension, also boss canvasman and chandelier men. This is a wagon show and we have no palace cars. Address Hurlburt & Leftwich, Hotel Reno, Norfolk, Neb. Want to buy small ticket wagon cheap for cash. New York Clipper, January 9, 1892, p. 738.
    1892: C. T. Taylor to have charage of the sideshow and concert with Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Shows the coming tenting season - his second with that troupe. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 824.
    1892: Wanted, sideshow and concert people. Sideshow people who can double in concert, as it is a wagon show; also canvasman. Address C. T. Taylor, Wonderland Musee, Pueblo, Col. P.S. I have a lot of paintings for sale. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 837.
    1892: Hurlburt & Hunting's [sic] happenings. Ricardo and Ryan have been engaged to do their bar and brother act. The Merideths were re-engaged to do trapeze and high wire, but canceled on account of railroad fare. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 3.
    1892: Wanted, aerial team, male and female to work in big show and do outside wire ascension only. People that can't pay R. R. fare to show, save stamps. Address Hurlburt & Leftwich, Norfolk, Nebraska. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 12.
    1892: Our types, regarding some additions to Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Shows recently, read, by accident, Hurburt & Hunting. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.
    1892: Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Shows. Avery(Avrey?) and King have signed with Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Shows to do aerial acts and high wire ascensions. Harry Shields has signed as clown. Prof. J. H.(?) Ca?oon will lead the band with ten pieces. Fred. ??? canceled to join Ament's side show, as juggler. Hurlburt & Leftwich's Shows have no connection with any other enterprise, and their shows have been greatly enlarged. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
    1892: Roster of Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Shows. R. R. Leftwich, general manager; J. P. Cahoon, leader of band, and treasurer; D. D. Ward, general agent, with six assistants and three advance wagons; Ed Orey, programmes; Ed Ward, lithographer; Mat J. Ricardo, equestrian director; W. J. McLaughlin, superintendent of equines, with five assistants; George Johnson, superintendent of canvas, with two assistaatns; P. S.(?) McPherson, boss canvasman, with eight assistants; Jack O'Donell, superintendent of baggage stock, with ten assistants. Performers: Ricardo and Ryan, Avery and King, Harry Shields, Chas. Payne, Williams and Mack, and Thompson and McKay. The band contains twelve pieces, J. B. Cahoon, leader; John O'Donnel, C. Jensen, T. M. Smith, H. J. Monk . . . J. A. Williams, Jim Russell, Albert Taylor, Chas. Sharp, Harry Wilson and Frank Osborn. C. J. Taylor has the sideshow and concert privileges, with a 40x70ft. top, with a big front. C. T. Taylor, manager . . . Mowery Chief; C. T. Taylor, magician, and Rollo, the living half lady. Concert people: the Lehes, Billie and Stella; Harry Shields; Miss Avery and Mrs. B. F. Randell, who pulls against a team of horses. The show opened at Norfolk, Neb., April 30(?), with seventy-five head of horses, twenty wagons, twenty-five dogs, one hundred foot round top, two forty foot middle pieces, two horse tents, but no cook tent. C. T. Taylor, sideshow manager, took is third degree in the K. P.'s recently. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 130.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hurlburt & Leftwich, Leigh Neb. May 4, Howell 5 . . . Scribner 7 . . . Manton 11 . . . New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 135.
    1892: Wanted, quick, baritone player to join Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Shows. Address per route: North Bend, Neb. 31, Schuyler June 1, Columbus ?. J. M. Cahoon, leader. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 206.
    1892: Hurlburt & Leftwich's Show. This is our sixth week, and we must say, with the rest of our neighbors in the West, that our first four weeks were the worst we ever experienced for mud and rain. But on every Sunday the ghost donned his white robe, and walked. In two weeks we missed Fourteen shows. We are now doing a fine business. . . . C. T. Taylor is making a good front with his "kid" show, and is drawing large crowds. Some of our people visited the Ringling Bros. Circus at Sioux Falls. We still have the Frost Bros. here. The band, under Ben Coohan, is making a hit. Mr. Taylor purchased a team of trotters, and we never see him when he goes by. Mr. Leftwich is doing some good bustling around the show. We have had oly a few hot days since we started, but "we never said a word." New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.
    1892: Items from Hurlburt & Leftwich's Show. For the past three weeks we have had good circus weather, and are doing phenomenal business. Mr. Leftwich is kept busy looking for "extras," and he manages to stow away the large crowds. Generally, after the Fourth of July you find a falling off, but not so with us; business is larger every day. William Avery and wife have purchased a trotting team. Mr. Ricardo strained the muscle of his left arm on 13, while doing a "twister" between bars, but he is working again. Mrs. C. T. Taylor's father, Dr. Barrey, joined the show for a visit. Mr. Taylor says he must make himself useful, so he is making the announcements and holding back the crowd from the "kid" show. Gray Eagle, tattooed scout, joined on 8(?). Jack O'Donnell got hurt on the morning of July 10(?), but he is doing his cornet solos. We are in a country now where three of the wagons shows were pulling light in the Spring, but could you blame them? Our new canvas, 100x150 will be on at Wahpeton, N.D. Jeff Hallett is doing a tuba solo. One of the Frost Bros. went to Chicago last week, but he is back again. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.
    1892: Wanted, B-flat cornet player, one that can read. For sale 80ft. round top with 40ft. middle piece, with outside walls, cheap, $__. Hurlburt & Leftwich, Sauk Rapids, Minn. Aug. 11 . . . Cambridge, Minn, Aug 13, North Branch, Minn. Aug 14. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 368.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hurlburt & Leftwich, Pine Island MN Aug 31 . . . New York Clipper, September 3, 1892, p. 409.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hurlburt & Leftwich, Spencer Ia. Sep 17 . . . Storm Lake 20, Fonda 21 . . . Wall Lake 23. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 443.
    1892: Notes from Hurlburt & Leftwich's Show. We are now making our way south, toward Norfolk, Neb., and expect to close about Oct. 15. Have been out nineteen weeks, and business has been up to standard. Have been enlarging the show all season. Mr. Ricardo, our equestrain director, has left for his home at Hammond, Wis. Mr. Leftwich is filling his place. The Leahs also left at Hammond. Mr. Melvin joined at Lake City, Minn. Mr. Rush and wife have been engaged to fill the Leahs' place. We played Winebago City, Minn., Sept. 10, two days after the Reynolds' Show, to packed tents, both afternoon and evening. Pop Woodworth paid us a visit at Winebago City. Everybody is well around the show, and the stock is looking good. New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 456.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hurlburt & Leftwich's, Fonda IA Sep 21, Sac City 22, Wall Lake 23 . . . New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 461.
    1892: Hurlburt & Leftwich's Show will close for the season Oct. 8. The advance guard finished their labors Sept. 2? and departed on their several ways. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 488.
    1892: On the road, circuses: Hurlburt & Leftwich, Bancroft Neb. Oct 5, Pender 6, Wayne 7. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 489.
    1892: Notes from Hurlburt & Leftwich's Show. We closed our season Saturday, Oct. 8 . . . and pulled into our commodious winter quarters at Norfolk, Neb., Sunday, 9, everybody came to Norfolk and took dinner with Brother Reno. Most of the people left for their homes on Monday, except J. B. Cannon and Jack ___, our band leader and superintendent, who will remain a few days longer. Our last week was one of the best. The show will be greatly enlarged for next season. New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 522.
    1892: Chas. Payne, who has closed with Hurlburt & Leftwich's Circus, will join his partner, Barney Hall, at Milwaukee. New York Clipper, November 5, 1892, p. 554.

    1893: C. T. Taylor has secured the sideshow and concert privilege with Humboldt [sic?] & Leftwich's Show. J. B. Cahoon has been re-engaged to lead the military band. D. S. Ward has been re-engaged as advance manager. It will be the third season with that show for all three. New York Clipper, January 7, 1893, p. 702.
    1893: Hurlburt & Leftwich Combined Shows. Greatest trained animal exposition on earth. Wanted, performers in all branches of the circus business for season 1893 (except riders). Aerial team, male and female, that can do outside high wire ascension, bar and brother teams, contortionist, acrobats, talking and singing clown. Musicians, boss canvas man (one who is not afraid of wet weather), chandelier man, grooms and drivers. This is a wagon show. All people stop at hotels. Show opens at Norfolk, Neb., on or about April __. Address Hurlburt & Leftwich, Hotel Reno, Norfolk, Neb. Business address J. B. Cahoon, ___, Mass. New York Clipper, January 7, 1893, p. 715.
    1893: Chas. T. Taylor goes with Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Shows, making his third season. New York Clipper, February 25, 1893, p. 821.
    1893: . . . Ed(?) Farron and Clarance Ferguson will also be with the show. There will be three advance wagons and ten billposters. New York Clipper, March 25, 1893, p. 34.
    1893: Wanted, aerial team or bar team and clarionet for band. Hurlburt & Leftwich Combined Shows, Camelton(?), North Dakota, Saturday, July 1. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 276.
    1893: Notes from Hurlburt & Leftwich's Show. This is our twelfth week out and business continues good, although we are having lots of opposition. The woods are full of them. The Dunbars closed July 1. The Nelsons joined July 3, and are doing a great act. . . . James Clifford, the contortionist, is catching on finely. Prof. Hurlburt's horses and dogs are still the favorites of all the natives. Everybody is well, and we have not been blowed [sic] down so far. The canvas is under the watchful eye of Jack O'Donnell. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.
    1893: From Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Shows. The advance roster: D. S. Ward, general agent; W. H.(?) Moore, lithograph agent . . . We use three bill wagons. The season is half over and the boys are planning for the winter season. We visited the Ringling Bros. at Grafton and were well entertained. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 362.
    1893: James Clifford, contortionist, will shortly close his engagement with the Hurlburt & Leftwich Show. His specialty has been an attraction with this company for twenty weeks. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 461.
    1893: D. S. Ward closed his third season as general agent of Hurlburt & Leftwich's Circus Sept. 26. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 499.
    1893: [Ad] Prof. R. R. Leftwich's troupe of canine beauties, 13(?) in number, the same dogs that have been with the Hurlburt & Leftwich's Shows for the past three seasons. Will be at liberty after Nov. 1, 1893. Address R. R. Leftwich, Hotel Reno, Norfolk, Neb. New York Clipper, October 14, 1893, p. 523.
    1893: J. B. Calhoun, treasurer and leader of Hurlburt and Leftwich's band, was married to Mrs. D. P. Hurlburt, one of the proprietors, at Norwalk, Neb., Oct. 19. The couple, accompanied by R. R. Leftwich, left immediately for the World's Fair, to return 21. New York Clipper, November 4, 1893, p. 563.

    1894: Fourth year of unbounded success of Prof. D. P. Hurlburt's Equine Paradox and Prof. R. R. Leftwich Canine Beauties, Wanted, for the season of 1894, for Hurlburt & Leftwich's Combined Shows, people in all branches of circus business, male and female, except riders. Musicians, a talking and singing clown, an agent and billposters, an outside novelty for free exhibitions . . . This is a wagon show. . . . Cahoon & Leftwich, prop's . . . address R. R. Leftwich, Hotel Reno, Norfolk, Neb. New York Clipper, January 20, 1894, p. 743.
    1894: Hurlburt & Leftwich's Show notes. D. S. Ward has signed with the circus for next season as general agent, making his fourth season. . . . C. C. Fergeson(Fergason?) has signed a programmer. The advance will consist of ten men this season. The show has been enlarged and will have special paper, making it one of the best billed wagon shows on the road. We open at Norfolk, Neb., April 28(?). New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 801.
    1894: John O'Donnell, cornet player with the Hurlburt & Leftwich band, was married Feb. ?, at Norfolk, Neb., to Kate Hodgins(?), a non-professional, of Toronto, Can. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 801.
    1894: Dick Saunders and Aaron Madison, musicians, have signed with Hurlburt & Leftwich for next season, making their second season with this firm. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.
    1894: Call. All people engaged for Hurlburt and Leftwich's Combined Shows report at Hotel Reno, Norfolk, Neb., opeing of April 27(?). Wanted, band leader; alto double first or second violin, hostler to take charge of ring stock. Cahoon & Leftwich, Norfol, Neb. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 78.
    1894: Roster of Hurlburt & Leftwich Combined Show: J. B. Cahoon and R. R. Leftwich, proprietors and managers; J. B. Cahoon, treasurer; R. R. Leftwich, general manager; troupe of fifteen performing horses, troupe of twenty-five performing dogs. Performers: The Castellos, James Clifford, the Cooks, Teddy Knowles and Ed. Tracy. Band under the direction of W. B. Coup(?): Dick Saunders(?), tuba; Chas. Prokop(?), euphonium; W. F. Wilkins, slide trombone; J. W. McGuire, alto; Henry Stephens and George Everett, cornets; H. Maxwell, clarionet; A. M. Madisons(?), double drum. Superintendent of ring stock, Wm. McLaughlin with four assistants; Geo. Bean, superintendent of baggage stock with eight assistants; J. O'Donnell, superintendent of canvas with eight assistants; D. S. Ward, general advance agent with six bill posters: C. T. Taylor, proprietor and manager of annex and concert, with the following people: J. Y.(?) Fay, fire king and sword swallower; Miller and May, sketch performers; Harold Davison, comedian . . . Mrs. Annie Taylor, mind reader; and Madam Juno, snake charmer. Mrs. J. B. Cahoon will run the candy stand with two assistants. The show opened April 28, at Norfolk, Neb., to good business. Everything running finely. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 164.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top